The Epistle to the

Hebrews

SummaryThe book of Hebrews is a General Epistle (Apostolic Letter). It was written mainly to the Hebrew believers. The author is anonymous, although either Paul or Barnabas was traditionally accepted as the author. It was written approximately 67 A.D. Its purpose was to present the Lord Jesus Christ as perfect and superior in comparison to anything Judaism and the old covenant had to offer. The author was writing to a group of Christians who were under intense persecution and some were contemplating a return to Judaism. He admonished them not to turn away from their only hope of salvation.

• In chapters 1-10:18, the author repeatedly demonstrates Jesus Christ as preeminent over the angels, “let all the angels of God worship Him” (1:6); over Moses, “He has been counted worthy of more glory than Moses” (3:3); over the Old Testament priesthood, “being designated by God as a high priest according to the order of Melchizedek” (5:10). The writer explains that the New Covenant is greater than the Old Covenant because Jesus was the perfect, permanent sacrifice, rather than the Old Testament sacrifices. The author also presents the power and authority of the Word of God, “For the word of God is living and active and sharper than any two-edged sword, and piercing as far as the division of soul and spirit, of both joints and marrow, and able to judge the thoughts and intentions of the heart” (4:12).

• In chapters 10:19-13, the writer explains that Faith is superior to the work of the Old Covenant. He writes, “Faith is the assurance of things hoped for, the conviction of things not seen” (11:1). Chapter 11 is Faith’s Hall of Fame where all of the faithful individual’s from the Old Testament are highlighted in this chapter. Faith in Jesus Christ is our source of salvation because He is “the author and perfecter of faith” (12:2).All are able to trust in Jesus Christ knowing that He is “the same yesterday and today and forever” (13:8).

1. Jesus is Above the Angels ( 1:1⁠–⁠2:18 )
a. The Supremacy of the Son ( 1:1⁠–⁠14 )
b. Salvation Confirmed ( 2:1⁠–⁠4 )
c. Jesus like His Brothers ( 2:5⁠–⁠18 )
2. Jesus is Above Moses ( 3:1⁠–⁠4:13 )
a. Jesus Our Apostle and High Priest ( 3:1⁠–⁠6 )
b. Do Not Harden Your Hearts ( 3:7⁠–⁠11 )
c. The Peril of Unbelief ( 3:12⁠–⁠19 )
d. The Sabbath Rest ( 4:1⁠–⁠13 )
3. Jesus As High Priest ( 4:14⁠–⁠7:28 )
a. The Perfect High Priest ( 4:14⁠–⁠5:10 )
b. Much to Say About This ( 5:11⁠–⁠6:12 )
i.   Milk and Solid Food ( 5:11⁠–⁠14 )
ii.  A Call to Maturity ( 6:1⁠–⁠12 )
c. A Priest in the Order of Melchizedek ( 6:13⁠–⁠7:28 )
i.   God’s Unchangeable Promise ( 6:13⁠–⁠20 )
ii.  Melchizedek and Abraham ( 7:1⁠–⁠10 )
iii. A Superior Priesthood ( 7:11⁠–⁠28 )
4. The New Covenant ( 8:1⁠–⁠9:28 )
a. Christ’s Eternal Priesthood ( 8:1⁠–⁠5 )
b. The Terms of the New Covenant ( 8:6⁠–⁠13 )
c. The Earthly Tabernacle ( 9:1⁠–⁠10 )
d. Redemption through His Blood ( 9:11⁠–⁠28 )
5. The Perfect Sacrifice ( 10:1⁠–⁠39 )
a. Christ’s Perfect Sacrifice ( 10:1⁠–⁠18 )
b. A Call to Persevere ( 10:19⁠–⁠39 )
6. Follow Great Models of Faith ( 11:1⁠–⁠13:25 )
a. Faith and Assurance ( 11:1⁠–⁠3 )
b. The Greatest Men and Women of Faith ( 11:4⁠–⁠40 )
i.   Able, Enoch, and Noah ( 11:4⁠–⁠7 )
ii.  Abraham and Sarah ( 11:8⁠–⁠19 )
iii. Isaac, Jacob, and Joseph ( 11:20⁠–⁠22 )
iv. Moses ( 11:23⁠–⁠29 )
v.  Many Others ( 11:30⁠–⁠40 )
c. The Practice of Faith ( 12:1⁠–⁠13:25 )
i.   A Call to Endurance ( 12:1⁠–⁠3 )
ii.  God Disciplines His Sons ( 12:4⁠–⁠13 )
iii. A Call to Holiness ( 12:14⁠–⁠17 )
iv. An Unshakable Kingdom ( 12:18⁠–⁠29 )
v.  Brotherly Love ( 13:1⁠–⁠4 )
vi. Christ’s Unchanging Nature ( 13:5⁠–⁠14 )
vii. Sacrifice, Obedience, and Prayer ( 13:15⁠–⁠19 )
viii. Benediction and Farewell ( 13:20⁠–⁠25 )

1

Jesus is Above the Angels

The Supremacy of the Son

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G4181ΠολυμερῶςPolymerōs (Adv) G4181 πολυμερῶς polymerōs pol-oo-mer-oce adverb from a compound of πολύς and μέρος; in many portions, i.e. variously as to time and agency (piecemeal):--at sundry times.	ΠολυμερῶςPolymerōs	In many portions	Adv
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G4187πολυτρόπωςpolytropōs (Adv) G4187 πολυτρόπως polytrópōs pol-oot-rop-oce adverb from a compound of πολύς and τρόπος; in many ways, i.e. variously as to method or form:--in divers manners.	πολυτρόπωςpolytropōs	in many ways,	Adv
G3819πάλαιpalai (Adv) G3819 πάλαι pálai pal-ahee probably another form for πάλιν (through the idea of retrocession); (adverbially) formerly, or (by relatively) sometime since; (elliptically as adjective) ancient:--any while, a great while ago, (of) old, in time past.	πάλαιpalai	long ago	Adv
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	ΘεὸςTheos	God	N-NMS
G2980λαλήσαςlalēsas (V-APA-NMS) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.	λαλήσαςlalēsas	having spoken	V-APA-NMS
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοῖςtois	to the	Art-DMP
G3962πατράσινpatrasin (N-DMP) G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.	πατράσινpatrasin	fathers	N-DMP
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	in	Prep
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοῖςtois	the	Art-DMP
G4396προφήταιςprophētais (N-DMP) G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.	προφήταιςprophētais	prophets,	N-DMP

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).	ἐπ’ep’	in	Prep
G2078ἐσχάτουeschatou (Adj-GNS) G2078 ἔσχατος éschatos es-khat-os a superlative probably from ἔχω (in the sense of contiguity); farthest, final (of place or time):--ends of, last, latter end, lowest, uttermost.	ἐσχάτουeschatou	last	Adj-GNS
G2250ἡμερῶνhēmerōn (N-GFP) G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.	ἡμερῶνhēmerōn	days	N-GFP
G3778τούτωνtoutōn (DPro-GFP) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,	τούτωνtoutōn	these	DPro-GFP
G2980ἐλάλησενelalēsen (V-AIA-3S) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.	ἐλάλησενelalēsen	has spoken	V-AIA-3S
G1473ἡμῖνhēmin (PPro-D1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,	ἡμῖνhēmin	to us	PPro-D1P
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	in	Prep
G5207Υἱῷ,Huiō (N-DMS) G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.	Υἱῷ,Huiō	His Son,	N-DMS
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,	ὃνhon	whom	RelPro-AMS
G5087ἔθηκενethēken (V-AIA-3S) G5087 τίθημι títhēmi theh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to place (in the widest application, literally and figuratively; properly, in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from ἵστημι, which properly denotes an upright and active position, while κεῖμαι is properly reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.	ἔθηκενethēken	He appointed	V-AIA-3S
G2818κληρονόμονklēronomon (N-AMS) G2818 κληρονόμος klēronómos klay-ron-om-os from κλῆρος and the base of νόμος (in its original sense of partitioning, i.e. (reflexively) getting by apportionment); a sharer by lot, i.e. inheritor (literally or figuratively); by implication, a possessor:--heir.	κληρονόμονklēronomon	heir	N-AMS
G3956πάντων,pantōn (Adj-GNP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.	πάντων,pantōn	of all things,	Adj-GNP
G1223δι’di’ (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.	δι’di’	through	Prep
G3739οὗhou (RelPro-GMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,	οὗhou	whom	RelPro-GMS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	also	Conj
G4160ἐποίησενepoiēsen (V-AIA-3S) G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.	ἐποίησενepoiēsen	He made	V-AIA-3S
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοὺςtous	the	Art-AMP
G165αἰῶνας·aiōnas (N-AMP) G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.	αἰῶνας·aiōnas	ages,	N-AMP

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,	ὃςhos	who	RelPro-NMS
G1510ὢνōn (V-PPA-NMS) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.	ὢνōn	being	V-PPA-NMS
G541ἀπαύγασμαapaugasma (N-NNS) G541 ἀπαύγασμα apaúgasma ap-ow-gas-mah from a compound of ἀπό and αὐγάζω; an off-flash, i.e. effulgence:--brightness.	ἀπαύγασμαapaugasma	the radiance	N-NNS
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῆςtēs	of His	Art-GFS
G1391δόξηςdoxēs (N-GFS) G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.	δόξηςdoxēs	glory	N-GFS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G5481χαρακτὴρcharaktēr (N-NMS) G5481 χαρακτήρ charaktḗr khar-ak-tare from the same as χάραξ; a graver (the tool or the person), i.e. (by implication) engraving ((character), the figure stamped, i.e. an exact copy or (figuratively) representation):--express image.	χαρακτὴρcharaktēr	the exact expression	N-NMS
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῆςtēs	of the	Art-GFS
G5287ὑποστάσεωςhypostaseōs (N-GFS) G5287 ὑπόστασις hypóstasis hoop-os-tas-is from a compound of ὑπό and ἵστημι; a setting under (support), i.e. (figuratively) concretely, essence, or abstractly, assurance (objectively or subjectively):--confidence, confident, person, substance.	ὑποστάσεωςhypostaseōs	substance	N-GFS
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτοῦ,autou	of Him,	PPro-GM3S
G5342φέρωνpherōn (V-PPA-NMS) G5342 φέρω phérō en-eng-ko a primary verb (for which other, and apparently not cognate ones are used in certain tenses only; namely, ; and ; to bear or carry (in a very wide application, literally and figuratively, as follows):--be, bear, bring (forth), carry, come, + let her drive, be driven, endure, go on, lay, lead, move, reach, rushing, uphold.	φέρωνpherōn	upholding	V-PPA-NMS
G5037τεte (Conj) G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,	τεte	then	Conj
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.	πάνταpanta	all things	Adj-ANP
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῷtō	by the	Art-DNS
G4487ῥήματιrhēmati (N-DNS) G4487 ῥῆμα rhēma hray-mah from ῥέω; an utterance (individually, collectively or specially),; by implication, a matter or topic (especially of narration, command or dispute); with a negative naught whatever:--+ evil, + nothing, saying, word.	ῥήματιrhēmati	word	N-DNS
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῆςtēs	of the	Art-GFS
G1411δυνάμεωςdynameōs (N-GFS) G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.	δυνάμεωςdynameōs	power	N-GFS
G1223‹δι’›di’ (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.	‹δι’›di’	through	Prep
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτοῦ,autou	of Himself,	PPro-GM3S
G2512καθαρισμὸνkatharismon (N-AMS) G2512 καθαρισμός katharismós kath-ar-is-mos from καθαρίζω; a washing off, i.e. (ceremonially) ablution, (morally) expiation:--cleansing, + purge, purification(-fying).	καθαρισμὸνkatharismon	the purification	N-AMS
G266ἁμαρτιῶνhamartiōn (N-GFP) G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).	ἁμαρτιῶνhamartiōn	of sins	N-GFP
G4160ποιησάμενοςpoiēsamenos (V-APM-NMS) G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.	ποιησάμενοςpoiēsamenos	having made,	V-APM-NMS
G2523ἐκάθισενekathisen (V-AIA-3S) G2523 καθίζω kathízō kath-id-zo another (active) form for καθέζομαι; to seat down, i.e. set (figuratively, appoint); intransitively, to sit (down); figuratively, to settle (hover, dwell):--continue, set, sit (down), tarry.	ἐκάθισενekathisen	sat down	V-AIA-3S
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	at	Prep
G1188δεξιᾷdexia (Adj-DFS) G1188 δεξιός dexiós dex-ee-os from δέχομαι; the right side or (feminine) hand (as that which usually takes):--right (hand, side).	δεξιᾷdexia	the right hand	Adj-DFS
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῆςtēs	of the	Art-GFS
G3172ΜεγαλωσύνηςMegalōsynēs (N-GFS) G3172 μεγαλωσύνη megalōsýnē meg-al-o-soo-nay from μέγας; greatness, i.e. (figuratively) divinity (often God himself):--majesty.	ΜεγαλωσύνηςMegalōsynēs	Majesty	N-GFS
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	on	Prep
G5308ὑψηλοῖς,hypsēlois (Adj-DMP) G5308 ὑψηλός hypsēlós hoop-say-los from ὕψος; lofty (in place or character):--high(-er, -ly) (esteemed).	ὑψηλοῖς,hypsēlois	high.	Adj-DMP

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G5118τοσούτῳtosoutō (DPro-DNS) G5118 τοσοῦτος tosoûtos tos-oo-tos from (so much; apparently from ὁ and ὅς) and οὗτος (including its variations); so vast as this, i.e. such (in quantity, amount, number of space):--as large, so great (long, many, much), these many.	τοσούτῳtosoutō	By so much	DPro-DNS
G2909κρείττωνkreittōn (Adj-NMS-C) G2909 κρείττων kreíttōn krite-tohn comparative of a derivative of κράτος; stronger, i.e. (figuratively) better, i.e. nobler:--best, better.	κρείττωνkreittōn	superior	Adj-NMS-C
G1096γενόμενοςgenomenos (V-APM-NMS) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.	γενόμενοςgenomenos	having become	V-APM-NMS
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῶνtōn	to the	Art-GMP
G32ἀγγέλωνangelōn (N-GMP) G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.	ἀγγέλωνangelōn	angels,	N-GMP
G3745ὅσῳhosō (RelPro-DNS) G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,	ὅσῳhosō	as much as	RelPro-DNS
G1313διαφορώτερονdiaphorōteron (Adj-ANS-C) G1313 διάφορος diáphoros dee-af-or-os from διαφέρω; varying; also surpassing:--differing, divers, more excellent.	διαφορώτερονdiaphorōteron	more excellent	Adj-ANS-C
G3844παρ’par’ (Prep) G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.	παρ’par’	beyond	Prep
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτοὺςautous	theirs,	PPro-AM3P
G2816κεκληρονόμηκενkeklēronomēken (V-RIA-3S) G2816 κληρονομέω klēronoméō klay-ron-om-eh-o from κληρονόμος; to be an heir to (literally or figuratively):--be heir, (obtain by) inherit(-ance).	κεκληρονόμηκενkeklēronomēken	He has inherited	V-RIA-3S
G3686ὄνομα.onoma (N-ANS) G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).	ὄνομα.onoma	a name.	N-ANS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G5101ΤίνιTini (IPro-DMS) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,	ΤίνιTini	To which	IPro-DMS
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.	γὰρgar	for	Conj
G3004εἶπένeipen (V-AIA-3S) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.	εἶπένeipen	did He say	V-AIA-3S
G4218ποτεpote (Prtcl) G4218 ποτέ poté pot-eh from the base of πού and τέ; indefinite adverb, at some time, ever:--afore-(any, some-)time(-s), at length (the last), (+ n- )ever, in the old time, in time past, once, when.,	ποτεpote	ever	Prtcl
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῶνtōn	of the	Art-GMP
G32ἀγγέλωνangelōn (N-GMP) G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.	ἀγγέλωνangelōn	angels:	N-GMP
G5207ΥἱόςHuios (N-NMS) G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.	ΥἱόςHuios	Son	N-NMS
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,	μουmou	of me	PPro-G1S
G1510εἶei (V-PIA-2S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.	εἶei	are	V-PIA-2S
G4771σύ,sy (PPro-N2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,	σύ,sy	You;	PPro-N2S
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,	ἐγὼegō	I	PPro-N1S
G4594σήμερονsēmeron (Adv) G4594 σήμερον sḗmeron say-mer-on neuter (as adverb) of a presumed compound of the article ὁ (t changed to s) and ἡμέρα; on the (i.e. this) day (or night current or just passed); generally, now (i.e. at present, hitherto):--this (to-)day.	σήμερονsēmeron	today	Adv
G1080γεγέννηκάgegennēka (V-RIA-1S) G1080 γεννάω gennáō ghen-nah-o from a variation of γένος; to procreate (properly, of the father, but by extension of the mother); figuratively, to regenerate:--bear, beget, be born, bring forth, conceive, be delivered of, gender, make, spring.	γεγέννηκάgegennēka	have begotten	V-RIA-1S
G4771σε;se (PPro-A2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,	σε;se	You?”	PPro-A2S
G2532Καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	Καὶkai	And	Conj
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv) G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.	πάλινpalin	again:	Adv
G1473ἘγὼEgō (PPro-N1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,	ἘγὼEgō	I	PPro-N1S
G1510ἔσομαιesomai (V-FIM-1S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.	ἔσομαιesomai	will be	V-FIM-1S
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτῷautō	to Him	PPro-DM3S
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).	εἰςeis	for	Prep
G3962Πατέρα,Patera (N-AMS) G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.	Πατέρα,Patera	a Father,	N-AMS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτὸςautos	He	PPro-NM3S
G1510ἔσταιestai (V-FIM-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.	ἔσταιestai	will be	V-FIM-3S
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,	μοιmoi	to Me	PPro-D1S
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).	εἰςeis	for	Prep
G5207Υἱόν;Huion (N-AMS) G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.	Υἱόν;Huion	a Son?”	N-AMS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3752Ὅτανhotan (Conj) G3752 ὅταν hótan hot-an from ὅτε and ἄν; whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncertainty); also causatively (conjunctionally) inasmuch as:--as long (soon) as, that, + till, when(-soever), while.,	Ὅτανhotan	When	Conj
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).	δὲde	then	Conj
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv) G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.	πάλινpalin	again	Adv
G1521εἰσαγάγῃeisagagē (V-ASA-3S) G1521 εἰσάγω eiságō ice-ag-o from εἰς and ἄγω; to introduce (literally or figuratively):--bring in(-to), (+ was to) lead into.	εἰσαγάγῃeisagagē	He brings	V-ASA-3S
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὸνton	the	Art-AMS
G4416πρωτότοκονprōtotokon (Adj-AMS) G4416 πρωτότοκος prōtótokos pro-tot-ok-os from πρῶτος and the alternate of τίκτω; first-born (usually as noun, literally or figuratively):--firstbegotten(-born).	πρωτότοκονprōtotokon	Firstborn	Adj-AMS
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).	εἰςeis	into	Prep
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὴνtēn	the	Art-AFS
G3625οἰκουμένην,oikoumenēn (N-AFS) G3625 οἰκουμένη oikouménē oy-kou-men-ay feminine participle present passive of οἰκέω (as noun, by implication, of γῆ); land, i.e. the (terrene part of the) globe; specially, the Roman empire:--earth, world.	οἰκουμένην,oikoumenēn	world,	N-AFS
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.	λέγειlegei	He says:	V-PIA-3S
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	ΚαὶKai	And	Conj
G4352προσκυνησάτωσανproskynēsatōsan (V-AMA-3P) G4352 προσκυνέω proskynéō pros-koo-neh-o from πρός and a probable derivative of κύων (meaning to kiss, like a dog licking his masters hand); to fawn or crouch to, i.e. (literally or figuratively) prostrate oneself in homage (do reverence to, adore):--worship.	προσκυνησάτωσανproskynēsatōsan	let worship	V-AMA-3P
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτῷautō	Him	PPro-DM3S
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.	πάντεςpantes	all	Adj-NMP
G32ἄγγελοιangeloi (N-NMP) G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.	ἄγγελοιangeloi	the angels	N-NMP
G2316Θεοῦ.Theou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	Θεοῦ.Theou	of God.”	N-GMS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G2532Καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	Καὶkai	And	Conj
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.	πρὸςpros	as to	Prep
G3303μὲνmen (Conj) G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,	μὲνmen	indeed	Conj
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοὺςtous	the	Art-AMP
G32ἀγγέλουςangelous (N-AMP) G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.	ἀγγέλουςangelous	angels	N-AMP
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.	λέγειlegei	He says:	V-PIA-3S
G3588ὉHO (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	ὉHO	The One	Art-NMS
G4160ποιῶνpoiōn (V-PPA-NMS) G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.	ποιῶνpoiōn	making	V-PPA-NMS
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοὺςtous	the	Art-AMP
G32ἀγγέλουςangelous (N-AMP) G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.	ἀγγέλουςangelous	angels	N-AMP
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτοῦautou	of Him	PPro-GM3S
G4151πνεύματα,pneumata (N-ANP) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.	πνεύματα,pneumata	winds,	N-ANP
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοὺςtous	the	Art-AMP
G3011λειτουργοὺςleitourgous (N-AMP) G3011 λειτουργός leitourgós li-toorg-os from a derivative of λαός and ἔργον; a public servant, i.e. a functionary in the Temple or Gospel, or (genitive case) a worshipper (of God) or benefactor (of man):--minister(-ed).	λειτουργοὺςleitourgous	ministers	N-AMP
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτοῦautou	of Him,	PPro-GM3S
G4442πυρὸςpyros (N-GNS) G4442 πῦρ pŷr poor a primary word; fire (literally or figuratively, specially, lightning):--fiery, fire.	πυρὸςpyros	of fire	N-GNS
G5395φλόγα·phloga (N-AFS) G5395 φλόξ phlóx flox from a primary (to flash or flame); a blaze:--flame(-ing).	φλόγα·phloga	a flame.”	N-AFS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G4314Πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.	Πρὸςpros	Unto	Prep
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).	δὲde	however	Conj
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὸνton	the	Art-AMS
G5207ΥἱόνHuion (N-AMS) G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.	ΥἱόνHuion	Son:	N-AMS
G3588ὉHO (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	ὉHO	The	Art-NMS
G2362θρόνοςthronos (N-NMS) G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.	θρόνοςthronos	throne	N-NMS
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,	σουsou	of You,	PPro-G2S
G3588ὁho (Art-VMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	ὁho	O	Art-VMS
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	ΘεὸςTheos	God,	N-NMS
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).	εἰςeis	is to	Prep
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὸνton	the	Art-AMS
G165αἰῶναaiōna (N-AMS) G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.	αἰῶναaiōna	age	N-AMS
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοῦtou	of the	Art-GMS
G165αἰῶνος,aiōnos (N-GMS) G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.	αἰῶνος,aiōnos	age,	N-GMS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	ἡhē	the	Art-NFS
G4464ῥάβδοςrhabdos (N-NFS) G4464 ῥάβδος rhábdos hrab-dos from the base of ῥαπίζω; a stick or wand (as a cudgel, a cane or a baton of royalty):--rod, sceptre, staff.	ῥάβδοςrhabdos	scepter	N-NFS
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῆςtēs	of	Art-GFS
G2118εὐθύτητοςeuthytētos (N-GFS) G2118 εὐθύτης euthýtēs yoo-thoo-tace from εὐθύς; rectitude:--righteousness.	εὐθύτητοςeuthytētos	righteousness is	N-GFS
G4464ῥάβδοςrhabdos (N-NFS) G4464 ῥάβδος rhábdos hrab-dos from the base of ῥαπίζω; a stick or wand (as a cudgel, a cane or a baton of royalty):--rod, sceptre, staff.	ῥάβδοςrhabdos	the scepter	N-NFS
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῆςtēs	of the	Art-GFS
G932βασιλείαςbasileias (N-GFS) G932 βασιλεία basileía bas-il-i-ah from βασιλεύς; properly, royalty, i.e. (abstractly) rule, or (concretely) a realm (literally or figuratively):--kingdom, + reign.	βασιλείαςbasileias	kingdom	N-GFS
G4771σου*.sou (PPro-G2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,	σου*.sou	of You.	PPro-G2S

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G25ἠγάπησαςēgapēsas (V-AIA-2S) G25 ἀγαπάω agapáō ag-ap-ah-o perhaps from (much) (or compare עֲגַב); to love (in a social or moral sense):--(be-)love(-ed). Compare φιλέω.	ἠγάπησαςēgapēsas	You have loved	V-AIA-2S
G1343δικαιοσύνηνdikaiosynēn (N-AFS) G1343 δικαιοσύνη dikaiosýnē dik-ah-yos-oo-nay from δίκαιος; equity (of character or act); specially (Christian) justification:--righteousness.	δικαιοσύνηνdikaiosynēn	righteousness	N-AFS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G3404ἐμίσησαςemisēsas (V-AIA-2S) G3404 μισέω miséō mis-eh-o from a primary (hatred); to detest (especially to persecute); by extension, to love less:--hate(-ful).	ἐμίσησαςemisēsas	have hated	V-AIA-2S
G458ἀνομίαν·anomian (N-AFS) G458 ἀνομία anomía an-om-ee-ah from ἄνομος; illegality, i.e. violation of law or (genitive case) wickedness:--iniquity, X transgress(-ion of) the law, unrighteousness.	ἀνομίαν·anomian	wickedness;	N-AFS
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.	διὰdia	because of	Prep
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,	τοῦτοtouto	this,	DPro-ANS
G5548ἔχρισένechrisen (V-AIA-3S) G5548 χρίω chríō khree-o probably akin to χράομαι through the idea of contact; to smear or rub with oil, i.e. (by implication) to consecrate to an office or religious service:--anoint.	ἔχρισένechrisen	has anointed	V-AIA-3S
G4771σε,se (PPro-A2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,	σε,se	You	PPro-A2S
G2316Θεός,Theos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	Θεός,Theos	God,	N-NMS
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	ὁho	the	Art-NMS
G2316ΘεόςTheos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	ΘεόςTheos	God	N-NMS
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,	σουsou	of You,	PPro-G2S
G1637ἔλαιονelaion (N-ANS) G1637 ἔλαιον élaion el-ah-yon neuter of the same as ἐλαία; olive oil:--oil.	ἔλαιονelaion	with the oil	N-ANS
G20ἀγαλλιάσεωςagalliaseōs (N-GFS) G20 ἀγαλλίασις agallíasis ag-al-lee-as-is from ἀγαλλιάω; exultation; specially, welcome:--gladness, (exceeding) joy.	ἀγαλλιάσεωςagalliaseōs	of exultation,	N-GFS
G3844παρὰpara (Prep) G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.	παρὰpara	above	Prep
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοὺςtous	the	Art-AMP
G3353μετόχουςmetochous (Adj-AMP) G3353 μέτοχος métochos met-okh-os from μετέχω; participant, i.e. (as noun) a sharer; by implication, an associate:--fellow, partaker, partner.	μετόχουςmetochous	companions	Adj-AMP
G4771σου.sou (PPro-G2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,	σου.sou	of You.”	PPro-G2S

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G2532Καίkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	Καίkai	And:	Conj
G4771ΣὺSy (PPro-N2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,	ΣὺSy	You	PPro-N2S
G2596κατ’kat’ (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.	κατ’kat’	in	Prep
G746ἀρχάς,archas (N-AFP) G746 ἀρχή archḗ ar-khay from ἄρχομαι; (properly abstract) a commencement, or (concretely) chief (in various applications of order, time, place, or rank):--beginning, corner, (at the, the) first (estate), magistrate, power, principality, principle, rule.	ἀρχάς,archas	the beginning,	N-AFP
G2962Κύριε,Kyrie (N-VMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.	Κύριε,Kyrie	Lord,	N-VMS
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὴνtēn	of the	Art-AFS
G1093γῆνgēn (N-AFS) G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.	γῆνgēn	earth	N-AFS
G2311ἐθεμελίωσας,ethemeliōsas (V-AIA-2S) G2311 θεμελιόω themelióō them-el-ee-o-o from θεμέλιος; to lay a basis for, i.e. (literally) erect, or (figuratively) consolidate:--(lay the) found(- ation), ground, settle.	ἐθεμελίωσας,ethemeliōsas	laid the foundation,	V-AIA-2S
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G2041ἔργαerga (N-NNP) G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.	ἔργαerga	works	N-NNP
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῶνtōn	of the	Art-GFP
G5495χειρῶνcheirōn (N-GFP) G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.	χειρῶνcheirōn	hands	N-GFP
G4771σούsou (PPro-G2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,	σούsou	of You	PPro-G2S
G1510εἰσινeisin (V-PIA-3P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.	εἰσινeisin	are	V-PIA-3P
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	οἱhoi	the	Art-NMP
G3772οὐρανοί·ouranoi (N-NMP) G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.	οὐρανοί·ouranoi	heavens.	N-NMP

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G846αὐτοὶautoi (PPro-NM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτοὶautoi	They	PPro-NM3P
G622ἀπολοῦνται,apolountai (V-FIM-3P) G622 ἀπόλλυμι apóllymi ap-ol-loo-mee from ἀπό and the base of ὄλεθρος; to destroy fully (reflexively, to perish, or lose), literally or figuratively:--destroy, die, lose, mar, perish.	ἀπολοῦνται,apolountai	will perish;	V-FIM-3P
G4771σὺsy (PPro-N2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,	σὺsy	You	PPro-N2S
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).	δὲde	however	Conj
G1265διαμένεις·diameneis (V-PIA-2S) G1265 διαμένω diaménō dee-am-en-o from διά and μένω; to stay constantly (in being or relation):--continue, remain.	διαμένεις·diameneis	remain;	V-PIA-2S
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.	πάντεςpantes	all	Adj-NMP
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.	ὡςhōs	like	Adv
G2440ἱμάτιονhimation (N-NNS) G2440 ἱμάτιον himátion him-at-ee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of ennumi (to put on); a dress (inner or outer):--apparel, cloke, clothes, garment, raiment, robe, vesture.	ἱμάτιονhimation	a garment	N-NNS
G3822παλαιωθήσονται,palaiōthēsontai (V-FIP-3P) G3822 παλαιόω palaióō pal-ah-yo-o from παλαιός; to make (passively, become) worn out, or declare obsolete:--decay, make (wax) old.	παλαιωθήσονται,palaiōthēsontai	will grow old;	V-FIP-3P

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G5616ὡσεὶhōsei (Adv) G5616 ὡσεί hōseí ho-si from ὡς and εἰ; as if:--about, as (it had been, it were), like (as).	ὡσεὶhōsei	like	Adv
G4018περιβόλαιονperibolaion (N-ANS) G4018 περιβόλαιον peribólaion per-ib-ol-ah-yon neuter of a presumed derivative of περιβάλλω; something thrown around one, i.e. a mantle, veil:--covering, vesture.	περιβόλαιονperibolaion	a robe	N-ANS
G1667ἑλίξειςhelixeis (V-FIA-2S) G1667 ἑλίσσω helíssō hel-is-so a form of εἱλίσσω; to coil or wrap:--fold up.	ἑλίξειςhelixeis	You will roll up	V-FIA-2S
G846αὐτούς,autous (PPro-AM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτούς,autous	them,	PPro-AM3P
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.	ὡςhōs	like	Adv
G2440ἱμάτιονhimation (N-ANS) G2440 ἱμάτιον himátion him-at-ee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of ennumi (to put on); a dress (inner or outer):--apparel, cloke, clothes, garment, raiment, robe, vesture.	ἱμάτιονhimation	a garment	N-ANS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	also	Conj
G236ἀλλαγήσονται·allagēsontai (V-FIP-3P) G236 ἀλλάσσω allássō al-las-so from ἄλλος; to make different:--change.	ἀλλαγήσονται·allagēsontai	they will be changed;	V-FIP-3P
G4771σὺsy (PPro-N2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,	σὺsy	You	PPro-N2S
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).	δὲde	however	Conj
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	ὁho	the	Art-NMS
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτὸςautos	same	PPro-NM3S
G1510εἶei (V-PIA-2S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.	εἶei	are,	V-PIA-2S
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὰta	the	Art-NNP
G2094ἔτηetē (N-NNP) G2094 ἔτος étos et-os apparently a primary word; a year:--year.	ἔτηetē	years	N-NNP
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,	σουsou	of You	PPro-G2S
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,	οὐκouk	not	Adv
G1587ἐκλείψουσιν.ekleipsousin (V-FIA-3P) G1587 ἐκλείπω ekleípō ek-li-po from ἐκ and λείπω; to omit, i.e. (by implication) cease (die):--fail.	ἐκλείψουσιν.ekleipsousin	will never end.”	V-FIA-3P

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G4314Πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.	Πρὸςpros	To	Prep
G5101τίναtina (IPro-AMS) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,	τίναtina	which	IPro-AMS
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).	δὲde	now	Conj
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῶνtōn	of the	Art-GMP
G32ἀγγέλωνangelōn (N-GMP) G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.	ἀγγέλωνangelōn	angels	N-GMP
G2046εἴρηκένeirēken (V-RIA-3S) G2046 ἐρέω eréō er-eh-o probably a fuller form of ῥέω; an alternate for ἔπω in certain tenses; to utter, i.e. speak or say:--call, say, speak (of), tell.	εἴρηκένeirēken	did He say	V-RIA-3S
G4218ποτεpote (Prtcl) G4218 ποτέ poté pot-eh from the base of πού and τέ; indefinite adverb, at some time, ever:--afore-(any, some-)time(-s), at length (the last), (+ n- )ever, in the old time, in time past, once, when.,	ποτεpote	ever:	Prtcl
G2521ΚάθουKathou (V-PMM/P-2S) G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).	ΚάθουKathou	Sit	V-PMM/P-2S
G1537ἐκek (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.	ἐκek	at	Prep
G1188δεξιῶνdexiōn (Adj-GNP) G1188 δεξιός dexiós dex-ee-os from δέχομαι; the right side or (feminine) hand (as that which usually takes):--right (hand, side).	δεξιῶνdexiōn	the right hand	Adj-GNP
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,	μουmou	of Me,	PPro-G1S
G2193ἕωςheōs (Conj) G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).	ἕωςheōs	until	Conj
G5087θῶthō (V-ASA-1S) G5087 τίθημι títhēmi theh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to place (in the widest application, literally and figuratively; properly, in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from ἵστημι, which properly denotes an upright and active position, while κεῖμαι is properly reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.	θῶthō	I may place	V-ASA-1S
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοὺςtous	the	Art-AMP
G2190ἐχθρούςechthrous (Adj-AMP) G2190 ἐχθρός echthrós ech-thros from a primary (to hate); hateful (passively, odious, or actively, hostile); usually as a noun, an adversary (especially Satan):--enemy, foe.	ἐχθρούςechthrous	enemies	Adj-AMP
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,	σουsou	of You	PPro-G2S
G5286ὑποπόδιονhypopodion (N-ANS) G5286 ὑποπόδιον hypopódion hoop-op-od-ee-on neuter of a compound of ὑπό and πούς; something under the feet, i.e. a foot-rest (figuratively):--footstool.	ὑποπόδιονhypopodion	as a footstool	N-ANS
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῶνtōn	for the	Art-GMP
G4228ποδῶνpodōn (N-GMP) G4228 πούς poús pooce a primary word; a foot (figuratively or literally):--foot(-stool).	ποδῶνpodōn	feet	N-GMP
G4771σου;sou (PPro-G2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,	σου;sou	of You”	PPro-G2S

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3780Οὐχὶouchi (IntPrtcl) G3780 οὐχί ouchí oo-khee intensive of οὐ; not indeed:--nay, not.,	Οὐχὶouchi	Not	IntPrtcl
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.	πάντεςpantes	all	Adj-NMP
G1510εἰσὶνeisin (V-PIA-3P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.	εἰσὶνeisin	are they	V-PIA-3P
G3010λειτουργικὰleitourgika (Adj-NNP) G3010 λειτουργικός leitourgikós li-toorg-ik-os from the same as λειτουργέω; functional publicly (liturgic); i.e. beneficient:--ministering.	λειτουργικὰleitourgika	ministering	Adj-NNP
G4151πνεύματαpneumata (N-NNP) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.	πνεύματαpneumata	spirits,	N-NNP
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).	εἰςeis	for	Prep
G1248διακονίανdiakonian (N-AFS) G1248 διακονία diakonía dee-ak-on-ee-ah from διάκονος; attendance (as a servant, etc.); figuratively (eleemosynary) aid, (official) service (especially of the Christian teacher, or technically of the diaconate):--(ad-)minister(-ing, -tration, -try), office, relief, service(-ing).	διακονίανdiakonian	service	N-AFS
G649ἀποστελλόμεναapostellomena (V-PPM/P-NNP) G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).	ἀποστελλόμεναapostellomena	being sent forth,	V-PPM/P-NNP
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.	διὰdia	for the sake of	Prep
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοὺςtous	those	Art-AMP
G3195μέλλονταςmellontas (V-PPA-AMP) G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.	μέλλονταςmellontas	being about	V-PPA-AMP
G2816κληρονομεῖνklēronomein (V-PNA) G2816 κληρονομέω klēronoméō klay-ron-om-eh-o from κληρονόμος; to be an heir to (literally or figuratively):--be heir, (obtain by) inherit(-ance).	κληρονομεῖνklēronomein	to inherit	V-PNA
G4991σωτηρίαν;sōtērian (N-AFS) G4991 σωτηρία sōtēría so-tay-ree-ah feminine of a derivative of σωτήρ as (properly, abstract) noun; rescue or safety (physically or morally):--deliver, health, salvation, save, saving.	σωτηρίαν;sōtērian	salvation?	N-AFS

πολυμερως και πολυτροπως παλαι ο θεος λαλησας τοις πατρασιν εν τοις προφηταις επ εσχατων των ημερων τουτων ελαλησεν ημιν εν υιω ον εθηκεν κληρονομον παντων δι ου και τους αιωνας εποιησεν ος ων απαυγασμα της δοξης και χαρακτηρ της υποστασεως αυτου φερων τε τα παντα τω ρηματι της δυναμεως αυτου δι εαυτου καθαρισμον ποιησαμενος των αμαρτιων ημων εκαθισεν εν δεξια της μεγαλωσυνης εν υψηλοις τοσουτω κρειττων γενομενος των αγγελων οσω διαφορωτερον παρ αυτους κεκληρονομηκεν ονομα τινι γαρ ειπεν ποτε των αγγελων υιος μου ει συ εγω σημερον γεγεννηκα σε και παλιν εγω εσομαι αυτω εις πατερα και αυτος εσται μοι εις υιον οταν δε παλιν εισαγαγη τον πρωτοτοκον εις την οικουμενην λεγει και προσκυνησατωσαν αυτω παντες αγγελοι θεου και προς μεν τους αγγελους λεγει ο ποιων τους αγγελους αυτου πνευματα και τους λειτουργους αυτου πυρος φλογα προς δε τον υιον ο θρονος σου ο θεος εις τον αιωνα του αιωνος ραβδος ευθυτητος η ραβδος της βασιλειας σου ηγαπησας δικαιοσυνην και εμισησας ανομιαν δια τουτο εχρισεν σε ο θεος ο θεος σου ελαιον αγαλλιασεως παρα τους μετοχους σου και συ κατ αρχας κυριε την γην εθεμελιωσας και εργα των χειρων σου εισιν οι ουρανοι αυτοι απολουνται συ δε διαμενεις και παντες ως ιματιον παλαιωθησονται και ωσει περιβολαιον ελιξεις αυτους και αλλαγησονται συ δε ο αυτος ει και τα ετη σου ουκ εκλειψουσιν προς τινα δε των αγγελων ειρηκεν ποτε καθου εκ δεξιων μου εως αν θω τους εχθρους σου υποποδιον των ποδων σου ουχι παντες εισιν λειτουργικα πνευματα εις διακονιαν αποστελλομενα δια τους μελλοντας κληρονομειν σωτηριαν

2

Salvation Confirmed

δια τουτο δει περισσοτερως ημας προσεχειν τοις ακουσθεισιν μηποτε παραρρυωμεν

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G1223ΔιὰDia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.	ΔιὰDia	Because of	Prep
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,	τοῦτοtouto	this,	DPro-ANS
G1163δεῖdei (V-PIA-3S) G1163 δεῖ deî die 3rd person singular active present of δέω; also deon deh-on; neuter active participle of the same; both used impersonally; it is (was, etc.) necessary (as binding):--behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need(-ful), ought, should.	δεῖdei	it behooves	V-PIA-3S
G4057περισσοτέρωςperissoterōs (Adv) G4057 περισσῶς perissōs per-is-soce adverb from περισσός; superabundantly:--exceedingly, out of measure, the more.	περισσοτέρωςperissoterōs	more abundantly	Adv
G4337προσέχεινprosechein (V-PNA) G4337 προσέχω proséchō pros-ekh-o from πρός and ἔχω; (figuratively) to hold the mind (3563 implied) towards, i.e. pay attention to, be cautious about, apply oneself to, adhere to:--(give) attend(-ance, -ance at, -ance to, unto), beware, be given to, give (take) heed (to unto); have regard.	προσέχεινprosechein	to give heed	V-PNA
G1473ἡμᾶςhēmas (PPro-A1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,	ἡμᾶςhēmas	us	PPro-A1P
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοῖςtois	to the things	Art-DNP
G191ἀκουσθεῖσιν,akoustheisin (V-APP-DNP) G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.	ἀκουσθεῖσιν,akoustheisin	we have heard,	V-APP-DNP
G3361μή‿mē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,	μή‿mē	lest	Adv
G4219ποτεpote (Conj) G4219 πότε póte pot-eh from the base of ποῦ and τέ; interrogative adverb, at what time:--+ how long, when.	ποτεpote	ever	Conj
G3901παραρυῶμεν.pararyōmen (V-ASA-1P) G3901 παραῤῥυέω pararrhyéō par-ar-hroo-eh-o from παρά and the alternate of ῥέω; to flow by, i.e. (figuratively) carelessly pass (miss):--let slip.	παραρυῶμεν.pararyōmen	we should drift away.	V-ASA-1P

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.	εἰei	If	Conj
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.	γὰρgar	for	Conj
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	ὁho	the	Art-NMS
G1223δι’di’ (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.	δι’di’	by	Prep
G32ἀγγέλωνangelōn (N-GMP) G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.	ἀγγέλωνangelōn	angels	N-GMP
G2980λαληθεὶςlalētheis (V-APP-NMS) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.	λαληθεὶςlalētheis	having been spoken	V-APP-NMS
G3056λόγοςlogos (N-NMS) G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.	λόγοςlogos	word	N-NMS
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.	ἐγένετοegeneto	was	V-AIM-3S
G949βέβαιος,bebaios (Adj-NMS) G949 βέβαιος bébaios beb-ah-yos from the base of βάσις (through the idea of basality); stable (literally or figuratively):--firm, of force, stedfast, sure.	βέβαιος,bebaios	unalterable,	Adj-NMS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G3956πᾶσαpasa (Adj-NFS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.	πᾶσαpasa	every	Adj-NFS
G3847παράβασιςparabasis (N-NFS) G3847 παράβασις parábasis par-ab-as-is from παραβαίνω; violation:--breaking, transgression.	παράβασιςparabasis	transgression	N-NFS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G3876παρακοὴparakoē (N-NFS) G3876 παρακοή parakoḗ par-ak-o-ay from παρακούω; inattention, i.e. (by implication) disobedience:--disobedience.	παρακοὴparakoē	disobedience	N-NFS
G2983ἔλαβενelaben (V-AIA-3S) G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).	ἔλαβενelaben	received	V-AIA-3S
G1738ἔνδικονendikon (Adj-AFS) G1738 ἔνδικος éndikos en-dee-kos from ἐν and δίκη; in the right, i.e. equitable:--just.	ἔνδικονendikon	a just	Adj-AFS
G3405μισθαποδοσίαν,misthapodosian (N-AFS) G3405 μισθαποδοσία misthapodosía mis-thap-od-os-ee-ah from μισθαποδότης; requital (good or bad):--recompence of reward.	μισθαποδοσίαν,misthapodosian	recompense,	N-AFS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G4459πῶςpōs (Adv) G4459 πῶς pōs poce adverb from the base of ποῦ; an interrogative particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. (Occasionally unexpressed in English).,	πῶςpōs	how	Adv
G1473ἡμεῖςhēmeis (PPro-N1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,	ἡμεῖςhēmeis	we	PPro-N1P
G1628ἐκφευξόμεθαekpheuxometha (V-FIM-1P) G1628 ἐκφεύγω ekpheúgō ek-fyoo-go from ἐκ and φεύγω; to flee out:--escape, flee.	ἐκφευξόμεθαekpheuxometha	will escape	V-FIM-1P
G5082τηλικαύτηςtēlikautēs (DPro-GFS) G5082 τηλικοῦτος tēlikoûtos tay-lik-ow-tay from a compound of ὁ with ἡλίκος and οὗτος; such as this, i.e. (in (figurative) magnitude) so vast:--so great, so mighty.,	τηλικαύτηςtēlikautēs	such a great	DPro-GFS
G272ἀμελήσαντεςamelēsantes (V-APA-NMP) G272 ἀμελέω ameléō am-el-eh-o from Α (as a negative particle) and μέλω; to be careless of:--make light of, neglect, be negligent, no regard.	ἀμελήσαντεςamelēsantes	having neglected	V-APA-NMP
G4991σωτηρίας;sōtērias (N-GFS) G4991 σωτηρία sōtēría so-tay-ree-ah feminine of a derivative of σωτήρ as (properly, abstract) noun; rescue or safety (physically or morally):--deliver, health, salvation, save, saving.	σωτηρίας;sōtērias	a salvation,	N-GFS
G3748ἥτιςhētis (RelPro-NFS) G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,	ἥτιςhētis	which	RelPro-NFS
G746ἀρχὴνarchēn (N-AFS) G746 ἀρχή archḗ ar-khay from ἄρχομαι; (properly abstract) a commencement, or (concretely) chief (in various applications of order, time, place, or rank):--beginning, corner, (at the, the) first (estate), magistrate, power, principality, principle, rule.	ἀρχὴνarchēn	a commencement	N-AFS
G2983λαβοῦσαlabousa (V-APA-NFS) G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).	λαβοῦσαlabousa	having received,	V-APA-NFS
G2980λαλεῖσθαιlaleisthai (V-PNM/P) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.	λαλεῖσθαιlaleisthai	declared	V-PNM/P
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.	διὰdia	by	Prep
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοῦtou	the	Art-GMS
G2962Κυρίου,Kyriou (N-GMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.	Κυρίου,Kyriou	Lord,	N-GMS
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep) G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.	ὑπὸhypo	by	Prep
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῶνtōn	those	Art-GMP
G191ἀκουσάντωνakousantōn (V-APA-GMP) G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.	ἀκουσάντωνakousantōn	having heard,	V-APA-GMP
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).	εἰςeis	to	Prep
G1473ἡμᾶςhēmas (PPro-A1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,	ἡμᾶςhēmas	us	PPro-A1P
G950ἐβεβαιώθη,ebebaiōthē (V-AIP-3S) G950 βεβαιόω bebaióō beb-ah-yo-o from βέβαιος; to stabilitate (figuratively):--confirm, (e-)stablish.	ἐβεβαιώθη,ebebaiōthē	it was confirmed,	V-AIP-3S

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G4901συνεπιμαρτυροῦντοςsynepimartyrountos (V-PPA-GMS) G4901 συνεπιμαρτυρέω synepimartyréō soon-ep-ee-mar-too-reh-o from σύν and ἐπιμαρτυρέω; to testify further jointly, i.e. unite in adding evidence:--also bear witness.	συνεπιμαρτυροῦντοςsynepimartyrountos	bearing witness	V-PPA-GMS
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	ΘεοῦTheou	God	N-GMS
G4592σημείοιςsēmeiois (N-DNP) G4592 σημεῖον sēmeîon say-mi-on neuter of a presumed derivative of the base of σημαίνω; an indication, especially ceremonially or supernaturally:--miracle, sign, token, wonder.	σημείοιςsēmeiois	by signs	N-DNP
G5037τεte (Conj) G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,	τεte	together with them	Conj
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G5059τέρασινterasin (N-DNP) G5059 τέρας téras ter-as of uncertain affinity; a prodigy or omen:--wonder.	τέρασινterasin	wonders,	N-DNP
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G4164ποικίλαιςpoikilais (Adj-DFP) G4164 ποικίλος poikílos poy-kee-los of uncertain derivation; motley, i.e. various in character:--divers, manifold.	ποικίλαιςpoikilais	by various	Adj-DFP
G1411δυνάμεσινdynamesin (N-DFP) G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.	δυνάμεσινdynamesin	miracles,	N-DFP
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G4151ΠνεύματοςPneumatos (N-GNS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.	ΠνεύματοςPneumatos	of the Spirit	N-GNS
G40ἉγίουHagiou (Adj-GNS) G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.	ἉγίουHagiou	Holy	Adj-GNS
G3311μερισμοῖςmerismois (N-DMP) G3311 μερισμός merismós mer-is-mos from μερίζω; a separation or distribution:--dividing asunder, gift.	μερισμοῖςmerismois	distributions,	N-DMP
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.	κατὰkata	according to	Prep
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὴνtēn	the	Art-AFS
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτοῦautou	of Him	PPro-GM3S
G2308θέλησιν.thelēsin (N-AFS) G2308 θέλησις thélēsis thel-ay-sis from θέλω; determination (properly, the act), i.e. option:--will.	θέλησιν.thelēsin	will.	N-AFS

ει γαρ ο δι αγγελων λαληθεις λογος εγενετο βεβαιος και πασα παραβασις και παρακοη ελαβεν ενδικον μισθαποδοσιαν πως ημεις εκφευξομεθα τηλικαυτης αμελησαντες σωτηριας ητις αρχην λαβουσα λαλεισθαι δια του κυριου υπο των ακουσαντων εις ημας εβεβαιωθη συνεπιμαρτυρουντος του θεου σημειοις τε και τερασιν και ποικιλαις δυναμεσιν και πνευματος αγιου μερισμοις κατα την αυτου θελησιν

Jesus like His Brothers

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3756ΟὐOu (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,	ΟὐOu	Not	Adv
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.	γὰρgar	for	Conj
G32ἀγγέλοιςangelois (N-DMP) G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.	ἀγγέλοιςangelois	to angels	N-DMP
G5293ὑπέταξενhypetaxen (V-AIA-3S) G5293 ὑποτάσσω hypotássō hoop-ot-as-so from ὑπό and τάσσω; to subordinate; reflexively, to obey:--be under obedience (obedient), put under, subdue unto, (be, make) subject (to, unto), be (put) in subjection (to, under), submit self unto.	ὑπέταξενhypetaxen	did He subject	V-AIA-3S
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὴνtēn	the	Art-AFS
G3625οἰκουμένηνoikoumenēn (N-AFS) G3625 οἰκουμένη oikouménē oy-kou-men-ay feminine participle present passive of οἰκέω (as noun, by implication, of γῆ); land, i.e. the (terrene part of the) globe; specially, the Roman empire:--earth, world.	οἰκουμένηνoikoumenēn	world	N-AFS
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὴνtēn	that	Art-AFS
G3195μέλλουσαν,mellousan (V-PPA-AFS) G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.	μέλλουσαν,mellousan	is coming,	V-PPA-AFS
G4012περὶperi (Prep) G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).	περὶperi	of	Prep
G3739ἧςhēs (RelPro-GFS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,	ἧςhēs	which	RelPro-GFS
G2980λαλοῦμεν.laloumen (V-PIA-1P) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.	λαλοῦμεν.laloumen	we are speaking.	V-PIA-1P

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G1263διεμαρτύρατοdiemartyrato (V-AIM-3S) G1263 διαμαρτύρομαι diamartýromai dee-am-ar-too-rom-ahee from διά and μαρτυρέω; to attest or protest earnestly, or (by implication) hortatively:--charge, testify (unto), witness.	διεμαρτύρατοdiemartyrato	Has testified	V-AIM-3S
G1161δέde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).	δέde	however	Conj
G4225πούpou (Adv) G4225 πού poú poo genitive case of an indefinite pronoun (some) otherwise obsolete (compare πόσος); as adverb of place, somewhere, i.e. nearly:--about, a certain place.	πούpou	somewhere	Adv
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,	τιςtis	someone,	IPro-NMS
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.	λέγωνlegōn	saying,	V-PPA-NMS
G5101ΤίTi (IPro-NNS) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,	ΤίTi	What	IPro-NNS
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.	ἐστινestin	is	V-PIA-3S
G444ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos (N-NMS) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.	ἄνθρωποςanthrōpos	man,	N-NMS
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.	ὅτιhoti	that	Conj
G3403μιμνῄσκῃmimnēskē (V-PIM/P-2S) G3403 μιμνήσκω mimnḗskō mim-nace-ko a prolonged form of μνάομαι (from which some of the tenses are borrowed); to remind, i.e. (middle voice) to recall to mind:--be mindful, remember.	μιμνῄσκῃmimnēskē	You are mindful	V-PIM/P-2S
G846αὐτοῦ;autou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτοῦ;autou	of him,	PPro-GM3S
G2228ἢē (Conj) G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,	ἢē	or	Conj
G5207υἱὸςhuios (N-NMS) G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.	υἱὸςhuios	the son	N-NMS
G444ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou (N-GMS) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.	ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou	of man,	N-GMS
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.	ὅτιhoti	that	Conj
G1980ἐπισκέπτῃepiskeptē (V-PIM/P-2S) G1980 ἐπισκέπτομαι episképtomai ep-ee-skep-tom-ahee middle voice from ἐπί and the base of σκοπός; to inspect, i.e. (by implication) to select; by extension, to go to see, relieve:--look out, visit.	ἐπισκέπτῃepiskeptē	You care for	V-PIM/P-2S
G846αὐτόν;auton (PPro-AM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτόν;auton	him?	PPro-AM3S

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G1642ἠλάττωσαςēlattōsas (V-AIA-2S) G1642 ἐλαττόω elattóō el-at-to-o from ἐλάσσων; to lessen (in rank or influence):--decrease, make lower.	ἠλάττωσαςēlattōsas	You made lower	V-AIA-2S
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτὸνauton	him	PPro-AM3S
G1024βραχύbrachy (Adv) G1024 βραχύς brachýs brakh-ooce of uncertain affinity; short (of time, place, quantity, or number):--few words, little (space, while).	βραχύbrachy	a little	Adv
G5100τιti (IPro-ANS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,	τιti	some	IPro-ANS
G3844παρ’par’ (Prep) G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.	παρ’par’	than	Prep
G32ἀγγέλους,angelous (N-AMP) G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.	ἀγγέλους,angelous	the angels;	N-AMP
G1391δόξῃdoxē (N-DFS) G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.	δόξῃdoxē	with glory	N-DFS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G5092τιμῇtimē (N-DFS) G5092 τιμή timḗ tee-may from τίνω; a value, i.e. money paid, or (concretely and collectively) valuables; by analogy, esteem (especially of the highest degree), or the dignity itself:--honour, precious, price, some.	τιμῇtimē	honor	N-DFS
G4737ἐστεφάνωσαςestephanōsas (V-AIA-2S) G4737 στεφανόω stephanóō stef-an-o-o from στέφανος; to adorn with an honorary wreath (literally or figuratively):--crown.	ἐστεφάνωσαςestephanōsas	You crowned	V-AIA-2S
G846αὐτόν,auton (PPro-AM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτόν,auton	him,	PPro-AM3S
G2532(καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	(καὶkai	and	Conj
G2525κατέστησαςkatestēsas (V-AIA-2S) G2525 καθίστημι kathístēmi kath-is-tay-mee from κατά and ἵστημι; to place down (permanently), i.e. (figuratively) to designate, constitute, convoy:--appoint, be, conduct, make, ordain, set.	κατέστησαςkatestēsas	have appointed	V-AIA-2S
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτὸνauton	him	PPro-AM3S
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).	ἐπὶepi	over	Prep
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὰta	the	Art-ANP
G2041ἔργαerga (N-ANP) G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.	ἔργαerga	works	N-ANP
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῶνtōn	of the	Art-GFP
G5495χειρῶνcheirōn (N-GFP) G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.	χειρῶνcheirōn	hands	N-GFP
G4771σου)sou (PPro-G2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,	σου)sou	of you	PPro-G2S

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.	πάνταpanta	all things	Adj-ANP
G5293ὑπέταξαςhypetaxas (V-AIA-2S) G5293 ὑποτάσσω hypotássō hoop-ot-as-so from ὑπό and τάσσω; to subordinate; reflexively, to obey:--be under obedience (obedient), put under, subdue unto, (be, make) subject (to, unto), be (put) in subjection (to, under), submit self unto.	ὑπέταξαςhypetaxas	You have put in subjection	V-AIA-2S
G5270ὑποκάτωhypokatō (Prep) G5270 ὑποκάτω hypokátō hoop-ok-at-o from ὑπό and κάτω; down under, i.e. beneath:--under.	ὑποκάτωhypokatō	under	Prep
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῶνtōn	the	Art-GMP
G4228ποδῶνpodōn (N-GMP) G4228 πούς poús pooce a primary word; a foot (figuratively or literally):--foot(-stool).	ποδῶνpodōn	feet	N-GMP
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτοῦ.autou	of him.	PPro-GM3S
G1722Ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	Ἐνen	In	Prep
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.	γὰρgar	for	Conj
G5293ὑποτάξαιhypotaxai (V-ANA) G5293 ὑποτάσσω hypotássō hoop-ot-as-so from ὑπό and τάσσω; to subordinate; reflexively, to obey:--be under obedience (obedient), put under, subdue unto, (be, make) subject (to, unto), be (put) in subjection (to, under), submit self unto.	ὑποτάξαιhypotaxai	subjecting	V-ANA
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτῷautō	to him	PPro-DM3S
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.	πάνταpanta	all things,	Adj-ANP
G3762οὐδὲνouden (Adj-ANS) G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,	οὐδὲνouden	nothing	Adj-ANS
G863ἀφῆκενaphēken (V-AIA-3S) G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.	ἀφῆκενaphēken	He left	V-AIA-3S
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτῷautō	to him	PPro-DM3S
G506ἀνυπότακτον.anypotakton (Adj-ANS) G506 ἀνυπότακτος anypótaktos an-oo-pot-ak-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of ὑποτάσσω; unsubdued, i.e. insubordinate (in fact or temper):--disobedient, that is not put under, unruly.	ἀνυπότακτον.anypotakton	unsubject.	Adj-ANS
G3568νῦνnyn (Adv) G3568 νῦν nŷn noon a primary particle of present time; now (as adverb of date, a transition or emphasis); also as noun or adjective present or immediate:--henceforth, + hereafter, of late, soon, present, this (time). See also τανῦν, νυνί.	νῦνnyn	At present	Adv
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).	δὲde	however,	Conj
G3768οὔπωoupō (Adv) G3768 οὔπω oúpō oo-po from οὐ and -πω; not yet:--hitherto not, (no…) as yet, not yet.	οὔπωoupō	not yet	Adv
G3708ὁρῶμενhorōmen (V-PIA-1P) G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.	ὁρῶμενhorōmen	do we see	V-PIA-1P
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτῷautō	to Him	PPro-DM3S
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.	πάνταpanta	all things	Adj-ANP
G5293ὑποτεταγμένα·hypotetagmena (V-RPM/P-ANP) G5293 ὑποτάσσω hypotássō hoop-ot-as-so from ὑπό and τάσσω; to subordinate; reflexively, to obey:--be under obedience (obedient), put under, subdue unto, (be, make) subject (to, unto), be (put) in subjection (to, under), submit self unto.	ὑποτεταγμένα·hypotetagmena	having been subjected.	V-RPM/P-ANP

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὸνton	Who	Art-AMS
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).	δὲde	however	Conj
G1024βραχύbrachy (Adv) G1024 βραχύς brachýs brakh-ooce of uncertain affinity; short (of time, place, quantity, or number):--few words, little (space, while).	βραχύbrachy	a little	Adv
G5100τιti (IPro-ANS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,	τιti	one	IPro-ANS
G3844παρ’par’ (Prep) G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.	παρ’par’	than	Prep
G32ἀγγέλουςangelous (N-AMP) G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.	ἀγγέλουςangelous	the angels,	N-AMP
G1642ἠλαττωμένονēlattōmenon (V-RPM/P-AMS) G1642 ἐλαττόω elattóō el-at-to-o from ἐλάσσων; to lessen (in rank or influence):--decrease, make lower.	ἠλαττωμένονēlattōmenon	having been made lower,	V-RPM/P-AMS
G991βλέπομενblepomen (V-PIA-1P) G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.	βλέπομενblepomen	we see,	V-PIA-1P
G2424ἸησοῦνIēsoun (N-AMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.	ἸησοῦνIēsoun	Jesus,	N-AMS
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.	διὰdia	because of	Prep
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὸto	the	Art-ANS
G3804πάθημαpathēma (N-ANS) G3804 πάθημα páthēma path-ay-mah from a presumed derivative of πάθος; something undergone, i.e. hardship or pain; subjectively, an emotion or influence:-- affection, affliction, motion, suffering.	πάθημαpathēma	suffering	N-ANS
G2288θανάτουthanatou (N-GMS) G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.	θανάτουthanatou	of death,	N-GMS
G1391δόξῃdoxē (N-DFS) G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.	δόξῃdoxē	with glory	N-DFS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G5092τιμῇtimē (N-DFS) G5092 τιμή timḗ tee-may from τίνω; a value, i.e. money paid, or (concretely and collectively) valuables; by analogy, esteem (especially of the highest degree), or the dignity itself:--honour, precious, price, some.	τιμῇtimē	with honor	N-DFS
G4737ἐστεφανωμένον,estephanōmenon (V-RPM/P-AMS) G4737 στεφανόω stephanóō stef-an-o-o from στέφανος; to adorn with an honorary wreath (literally or figuratively):--crown.	ἐστεφανωμένον,estephanōmenon	having been crowned,	V-RPM/P-AMS
G3704ὅπωςhopōs (Conj) G3704 ὅπως hópōs hop-oce from ὅς and πῶς; what(-ever) how, i.e. in the manner that (as adverb or conjunction of coincidence, intentional or actual):--because, how, (so) that, to, when.,	ὅπωςhopōs	so that	Conj
G5485χάριτιchariti (N-DFS) G5485 χάρις cháris khar-ece from χαίρω; graciousness (as gratifying), of manner or act (abstract or concrete; literal, figurative or spiritual; especially the divine influence upon the heart, and its reflection in the life; including gratitude):--acceptable, benefit, favour, gift, grace(- ious), joy, liberality, pleasure, thank(-s, -worthy).	χάριτιchariti	by the grace	N-DFS
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	ΘεοῦTheou	of God	N-GMS
G5228ὑπὲρhyper (Prep) G5228 ὑπέρ hypér hoop-er a primary preposition; over, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place, above, beyond, across, or causal, for the sake of, instead, regarding; with the accusative case superior to, more than:--(+ exceeding, abundantly) above, in (on) behalf of, beyond, by, + very chiefest, concerning, exceeding (above, -ly), for, + very highly, more (than), of, over, on the part of, for sake of, in stead, than, to(-ward), very. In the comparative, it retains many of the above applications.	ὑπὲρhyper	for	Prep
G3956παντὸςpantos (Adj-GMS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.	παντὸςpantos	everyone	Adj-GMS
G1089γεύσηταιgeusētai (V-ASM-3S) G1089 γεύομαι geúomai ghyoo-om-ahee a primary verb; to taste; by implication, to eat; figuratively, to experience (good or ill):--eat, taste.	γεύσηταιgeusētai	He might taste	V-ASM-3S
G2288θανάτου.thanatou (N-GMS) G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.	θανάτου.thanatou	death.	N-GMS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G4241ἜπρεπενEprepen (V-IIA-3S) G4241 πρέπω prépō prep-o apparently a primary verb; to tower up (be conspicuous), i.e. (by implication) to be suitable or proper (third person singular present indicative, often used impersonally, it is fit or right):--become, comely.	ἜπρεπενEprepen	It was fitting	V-IIA-3S
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.	γὰρgar	for	Conj
G846αὐτῷ,autō (PPro-DM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτῷ,autō	to Him,	PPro-DM3S
G1223δι’di’ (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.	δι’di’	for	Prep
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,	ὃνhon	whom are	RelPro-AMS
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-NNP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.	πάνταpanta	all things	Adj-NNP
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G1223δι’di’ (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.	δι’di’	by	Prep
G3739οὗhou (RelPro-GMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,	οὗhou	whom are	RelPro-GMS
G3956πάντα,panta (Adj-NNP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.	πάντα,panta	all things,	Adj-NNP
G4183πολλοὺςpollous (Adj-AMP) G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.	πολλοὺςpollous	many	Adj-AMP
G5207υἱοὺςhuious (N-AMP) G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.	υἱοὺςhuious	sons	N-AMP
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).	εἰςeis	to	Prep
G1391δόξανdoxan (N-AFS) G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.	δόξανdoxan	glory	N-AFS
G71ἀγαγόνταagagonta (V-APA-AMS) G71 ἄγω ágō ag-o a primary verb; properly, to lead; by implication, to bring, drive, (reflexively) go, (specially) pass (time), or (figuratively) induce:--be, bring (forth), carry, (let) go, keep, lead away, be open.	ἀγαγόνταagagonta	having brought,	V-APA-AMS
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὸνton	the	Art-AMS
G747ἀρχηγὸνarchēgon (N-AMS) G747 ἀρχηγός archēgós ar-khay-gos from ἀρχή and ἄγω; a chief leader:--author, captain, prince.	ἀρχηγὸνarchēgon	archetype	N-AMS
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῆςtēs	of the	Art-GFS
G4991σωτηρίαςsōtērias (N-GFS) G4991 σωτηρία sōtēría so-tay-ree-ah feminine of a derivative of σωτήρ as (properly, abstract) noun; rescue or safety (physically or morally):--deliver, health, salvation, save, saving.	σωτηρίαςsōtērias	salvation	N-GFS
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτῶνautōn	of them,	PPro-GM3P
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.	διὰdia	through	Prep
G3804παθημάτωνpathēmatōn (N-GNP) G3804 πάθημα páthēma path-ay-mah from a presumed derivative of πάθος; something undergone, i.e. hardship or pain; subjectively, an emotion or influence:-- affection, affliction, motion, suffering.	παθημάτωνpathēmatōn	sufferings	N-GNP
G5048τελειῶσαι.teleiōsai (V-ANA) G5048 τελειόω teleióō tel-i-o-o from τέλειος; to complete, i.e. (literally) accomplish, or (figuratively) consummate (in character):--consecrate, finish, fulfil, make) perfect.	τελειῶσαι.teleiōsai	to make perfect.	V-ANA

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3588ὅho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	ὅho	The One	Art-NMS
G5037τεte (Conj) G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,	τεte	both	Conj
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.	γὰρgar	for	Conj
G37ἁγιάζωνhagiazōn (V-PPA-NMS) G37 ἁγιάζω hagiázō hag-ee-ad-zo from ἅγιος; to make holy, i.e. (ceremonially) purify or consecrate; (mentally) to venerate:--hallow, be holy, sanctify.	ἁγιάζωνhagiazōn	sanctifying,	V-PPA-NMS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	οἱhoi	those	Art-NMP
G37ἁγιαζόμενοιhagiazomenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP) G37 ἁγιάζω hagiázō hag-ee-ad-zo from ἅγιος; to make holy, i.e. (ceremonially) purify or consecrate; (mentally) to venerate:--hallow, be holy, sanctify.	ἁγιαζόμενοιhagiazomenoi	being sanctified,	V-PPM/P-NMP
G1537ἐξex (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.	ἐξex	of	Prep
G1520ἑνὸςhenos (Adj-GMS) G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,	ἑνὸςhenos	one	Adj-GMS
G3956πάντες·pantes (Adj-NMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.	πάντες·pantes	are all;	Adj-NMP
G1223δι’di’ (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.	δι’di’	for	Prep
G3739ἣνhēn (RelPro-AFS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,	ἣνhēn	which	RelPro-AFS
G156αἰτίανaitian (N-AFS) G156 αἰτία aitía ahee-tee-a from the same as αἰτέω; a cause (as if asked for), i.e. (logical) reason (motive, matter), (legal) crime (alleged or proved):--accusation, case, cause, crime, fault, (wh-)ere(-fore).	αἰτίανaitian	reason,	N-AFS
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,	οὐκouk	not	Adv
G1870ἐπαισχύνεταιepaischynetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G1870 ἐπαισχύνομαι epaischýnomai ep-ahee-skhoo-nom-ahee from ἐπί and αἰσχύνομαι; to feel shame for something:--be ashamed.	ἐπαισχύνεταιepaischynetai	He is ashamed	V-PIM/P-3S
G80ἀδελφοὺςadelphous (N-AMP) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.	ἀδελφοὺςadelphous	brothers	N-AMP
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτοὺςautous	them	PPro-AM3P
G2564καλεῖν,kalein (V-PNA) G2564 καλέω kaléō kal-eh-o akin to the base of κελεύω; to call (properly, aloud, but used in a variety of applications, directly or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-)name (was (called)).	καλεῖν,kalein	to call,	V-PNA

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.	λέγωνlegōn	saying:	V-PPA-NMS
G518ἈπαγγελῶApangelō (V-FIA-1S) G518 ἀπαγγέλλω apangéllō ap-ang-el-lo from ἀπό and the base of ἄγγελος; to announce:--bring word (again), declare, report, shew (again), tell.	ἈπαγγελῶApangelō	I will declare	V-FIA-1S
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὸto	the	Art-ANS
G3686ὄνομάonoma (N-ANS) G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).	ὄνομάonoma	name	N-ANS
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,	σουsou	of You	PPro-G2S
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοῖςtois	to the	Art-DMP
G80ἀδελφοῖςadelphois (N-DMP) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.	ἀδελφοῖςadelphois	brothers	N-DMP
G1473μου,mou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,	μου,mou	of Me;	PPro-G1S
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	in	Prep
G3319μέσῳmesō (Adj-DNS) G3319 μέσος mésos mes-os from μετά; middle (as an adjective or (neuter) noun):--among, X before them, between, + forth, mid(-day, -night), midst, way.	μέσῳmesō	the midst	Adj-DNS
G1577ἐκκλησίαςekklēsias (N-GFS) G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.	ἐκκλησίαςekklēsias	of the congregation	N-GFS
G5214ὑμνήσωhymnēsō (V-FIA-1S) G5214 ὑμνέω hymnéō hoom-neh-o from ὕμνος; to hymn, i.e. sing a religious ode; by implication, to celebrate (God) in song:--sing a hymn (praise unto).	ὑμνήσωhymnēsō	I will sing praises	V-FIA-1S
G4771σε·se (PPro-A2S) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,	σε·se	of you.”	PPro-A2S

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G2532Καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	Καὶkai	And	Conj
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv) G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.	πάλινpalin	again:	Adv
G1473ἘγὼEgō (PPro-N1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,	ἘγὼEgō	I	PPro-N1S
G1510ἔσομαιesomai (V-FIM-1S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.	ἔσομαιesomai	will be	V-FIM-1S
G3982πεποιθὼςpepoithōs (V-RPA-NMS) G3982 πείθω peíthō pi-tho a primary verb; to convince (by argument, true or false); by analogy, to pacify or conciliate (by other fair means); reflexively or passively, to assent (to evidence or authority), to rely (by inward certainty):--agree, assure, believe, have confidence, be (wax) conflent, make friend, obey, persuade, trust, yield.	πεποιθὼςpepoithōs	trusting	V-RPA-NMS
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).	ἐπ’ep’	in	Prep
G846αὐτῷ·autō (PPro-DM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτῷ·autō	Him.”	PPro-DM3S
G2532Καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	Καὶkai	And	Conj
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv) G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.	πάλινpalin	again:	Adv
G3708ἸδοὺIdou (V-AMA-2S) G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.	ἸδοὺIdou	Behold,	V-AMA-2S
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,	ἐγὼegō	I	PPro-N1S
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὰta	the	Art-NNP
G3813παιδίαpaidia (N-NNP) G3813 παιδίον paidíon pahee-dee-on neuter diminutive of παῖς; a childling (of either sex), i.e. (properly), an infant, or (by extension) a half-grown boy or girl; figuratively, an immature Christian:--(little, young) child, damsel.	παιδίαpaidia	children	N-NNP
G3739ἅha (RelPro-ANP) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,	ἅha	whom	RelPro-ANP
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,	μοιmoi	to Me	PPro-D1S
G1325ἔδωκενedōken (V-AIA-3S) G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.	ἔδωκενedōken	has given	V-AIA-3S
G2316Θεός.Theos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	Θεός.Theos	God.”	N-NMS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G1893Ἐπεὶepei (Conj) G1893 ἐπεί epeí ep-i from ἐπί and εἰ; thereupon, i.e. since (of time or cause):--because, else, for that (then, -asmuch as), otherwise, seeing that, since, when.	Ἐπεὶepei	Since	Conj
G3767οὖνoun (Conj) G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,	οὖνoun	therefore	Conj
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὰta	the	Art-NNP
G3813παιδίαpaidia (N-NNP) G3813 παιδίον paidíon pahee-dee-on neuter diminutive of παῖς; a childling (of either sex), i.e. (properly), an infant, or (by extension) a half-grown boy or girl; figuratively, an immature Christian:--(little, young) child, damsel.	παιδίαpaidia	children	N-NNP
G2841κεκοινώνηκενkekoinōnēken (V-RIA-3S) G2841 κοινωνέω koinōnéō koy-no-neh-o from κοινωνός; to share with others (objectively or subjectively):--communicate, distribute, be partaker.	κεκοινώνηκενkekoinōnēken	have partaken	V-RIA-3S
G129αἵματοςhaimatos (N-GNS) G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,	αἵματοςhaimatos	of blood	N-GNS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G4561σαρκός,sarkos (N-GFS) G4561 σάρξ sárx sarx probably from the base of σαρόω; flesh (as stripped of the skin), i.e. (strictly) the meat of an animal (as food), or (by extension) the body (as opposed to the soul (or spirit), or as the symbol of what is external, or as the means of kindred), or (by implication) human nature (with its frailties (physically or morally) and passions), or (specially), a human being (as such):--carnal(-ly, + -ly minded), flesh(-ly).	σαρκός,sarkos	of flesh	N-GFS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	also,	Conj
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτὸςautos	He	PPro-NM3S
G3898παραπλησίωςparaplēsiōs (Adv) G3898 παραπλησίως paraplēsíōs par-ap-lay-see-oce adverb from the same as παραπλήσιον; in a manner near by, i.e. (figuratively) similarly:--likewise.	παραπλησίωςparaplēsiōs	likewise	Adv
G3348μετέσχενmeteschen (V-AIA-3S) G3348 μετέχω metéchō met-ekh-o from μετά and ἔχω; to share or participate; by implication, belong to, eat (or drink):--be partaker, pertain, take part, use.	μετέσχενmeteschen	took part in	V-AIA-3S
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῶνtōn	the	Art-GNP
G846αὐτῶν,autōn (PPro-GN3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτῶν,autōn	same things,	PPro-GN3P
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.	ἵναhina	so that	Conj
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.	διὰdia	through	Prep
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοῦtou	His	Art-GMS
G2288θανάτουthanatou (N-GMS) G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.	θανάτουthanatou	death,	N-GMS
G2673καταργήσῃkatargēsē (V-ASA-3S) G2673 καταργέω katargéō kat-arg-eh-o from κατά and ἀργέω; to be (render) entirely idle (useless), literally or figuratively:--abolish, cease, cumber, deliver, destroy, do away, become (make) of no (none, without) effect, fail, loose, bring (come) to nought, put away (down), vanish away, make void.	καταργήσῃkatargēsē	He might destroy	V-ASA-3S
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὸνton	the one	Art-AMS
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὸto	the	Art-ANS
G2904κράτοςkratos (N-ANS) G2904 κράτος krátos krat-os perhaps a primary word; vigor (great) (literally or figuratively):--dominion, might(-ily), power, strength.	κράτοςkratos	power	N-ANS
G2192ἔχονταechonta (V-PPA-AMS) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.	ἔχονταechonta	holding	V-PPA-AMS
G2288θανάτου,thanatou (N-GMS) G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.	θανάτου,thanatou	of death,	N-GMS
G3778τοῦτ’tout’ (DPro-NNS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,	τοῦτ’tout’	that	DPro-NNS
G1510ἔστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.	ἔστινestin	is,	V-PIA-3S
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὸνton	the	Art-AMS
G1228διάβολον,diabolon (Adj-AMS) G1228 διάβολος diábolos dee-ab-ol-os from διαβάλλω; a traducer; specially, Satan (compare שָׂטָן):--false accuser, devil, slanderer.	διάβολον,diabolon	devil,	Adj-AMS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G525ἀπαλλάξῃapallaxē (V-ASA-3S) G525 ἀπαλλάσσω apallássō ap-al-las-so from ἀπό and ἀλλάσσω; to change away, i.e. release, (reflexively) remove:--deliver, depart.	ἀπαλλάξῃapallaxē	might set free	V-ASA-3S
G3778τούτους,toutous (DPro-AMP) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,	τούτους,toutous	those	DPro-AMP
G3745ὅσοιhosoi (RelPro-NMP) G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,	ὅσοιhosoi	who	RelPro-NMP
G5401φόβῳphobō (N-DMS) G5401 φόβος phóbos fob-os from a primary (to be put in fear); alarm or fright:--be afraid, + exceedingly, fear, terror.	φόβῳphobō	fear	N-DMS
G2288θανάτουthanatou (N-GMS) G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.	θανάτουthanatou	of death	N-GMS
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.	διὰdia	through	Prep
G3956παντὸςpantos (Adj-GNS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.	παντὸςpantos	all	Adj-GNS
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοῦtou	their time	Art-GNS
G2198ζῆνzēn (V-PNA) G2198 ζάω záō dzah-o a primary verb; to live (literally or figuratively):--life(-time), (a-)live(-ly), quick.	ζῆνzēn	to live,	V-PNA
G1777ἔνοχοιenochoi (Adj-NMP) G1777 ἔνοχος énochos en-okh-os from ἐνέχω; liable to (a condition, penalty or imputation):--in danger of, guilty of, subject to.	ἔνοχοιenochoi	subject	Adj-NMP
G1510ἦσανēsan (V-IIA-3P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.	ἦσανēsan	were	V-IIA-3P
G1397δουλείας.douleias (N-GFS) G1397 δουλεία douleía doo-li-ah from δουλεύω; slavery (ceremonially or figuratively):--bondage.	δουλείας.douleias	to slavery.	N-GFS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3756Οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,	Οὐou	Not	Adv
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.	γὰρgar	for	Conj
G1211δή‿dē (Prtcl) G1211 δή dḗ day probably akin to δέ; a particle of emphasis or explicitness; now, then, etc.:--also, and, doubtless, now, therefore.,	δή‿dē	surely	Prtcl
G4226πουpou (Adv) G4226 ποῦ poû poo genitive case of an interrogative pronoun (what) otherwise obsolete (perhaps the same as πού used with the rising slide of inquiry); as adverb of place; at (by implication, to) what locality:--where, whither.	πουpou	in that place	Adv
G32ἀγγέλωνangelōn (N-GMP) G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.	ἀγγέλωνangelōn	the angels	N-GMP
G1949ἐπιλαμβάνεται,epilambanetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G1949 ἐπιλαμβάνομαι epilambánomai ep-ee-lam-ban-om-ahee middle voice from ἐπί and λαμβάνω; to seize (for help, injury, attainment, or any other purpose; literally or figuratively):--catch, lay hold (up-)on, take (by, hold of, on).	ἐπιλαμβάνεται,epilambanetai	He helps,	V-PIM/P-3S
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.	ἀλλὰalla	but	Conj
G4690σπέρματοςspermatos (N-GNS) G4690 σπέρμα spérma sper-mah from σπείρω; something sown, i.e. seed (including the male sperm); by implication, offspring; specially, a remnant (figuratively, as if kept over for planting):--issue, seed.	σπέρματοςspermatos	the seed	N-GNS
G11ἈβραὰμAbraam (N-GMS) G11 Ἀβραάμ Abraám ab-rah-am of Hebrew origin (אַבְרָהָם); Abraham, the Hebrew patriarch:--Abraham. (In Acts 7:16 the text should probably read Jacob.)	ἈβραὰμAbraam	of Abraham	N-GMS
G1949ἐπιλαμβάνεται.epilambanetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G1949 ἐπιλαμβάνομαι epilambánomai ep-ee-lam-ban-om-ahee middle voice from ἐπί and λαμβάνω; to seize (for help, injury, attainment, or any other purpose; literally or figuratively):--catch, lay hold (up-)on, take (by, hold of, on).	ἐπιλαμβάνεται.epilambanetai	He helps.	V-PIM/P-3S

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3606ὅθενhothen (Conj) G3606 ὅθεν hóthen hoth-en from ὅς with the directive enclitic of source; from which place or source or cause (adverb or conjunction):--from thence, (from) whence, where(-by, -fore, -upon).	ὅθενhothen	Therefore	Conj
G3784ὤφειλενōpheilen (V-IIA-3S) G3784 ὀφείλω opheílō of-i-leh-o probably from the base of ὄφελος (through the idea of accruing); to owe (pecuniarily); figuratively, to be under obligation (ought, must, should); morally, to fail in duty:--behove, be bound, (be) debt(-or), (be) due(-ty), be guilty (indebted), (must) need(-s), ought, owe, should. See also ὄφελον.	ὤφειλενōpheilen	it behooved Him	V-IIA-3S
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.	κατὰkata	in	Prep
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.	πάνταpanta	all things	Adj-ANP
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοῖςtois	His	Art-DMP
G80ἀδελφοῖςadelphois (N-DMP) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.	ἀδελφοῖςadelphois	brothers	N-DMP
G3666ὁμοιωθῆναι,homoiōthēnai (V-ANP) G3666 ὁμοιόω homoióō hom-oy-o-o from ὅμοιος; to assimilate, i.e. compare; passively, to become similar:--be (make) like, (in the) liken(-ess), resemble.	ὁμοιωθῆναι,homoiōthēnai	to be made like,	V-ANP
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.	ἵναhina	so that	Conj
G1655ἐλεήμωνeleēmōn (Adj-NMS) G1655 ἐλεήμων eleḗmōn el-eh-ay-mone from ἐλεέω; compassionate (actively):--merciful.	ἐλεήμωνeleēmōn	a merciful	Adj-NMS
G1096γένηταιgenētai (V-ASM-3S) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.	γένηταιgenētai	He might become,	V-ASM-3S
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G4103πιστὸςpistos (Adj-NMS) G4103 πιστός pistós pis-tos from πείθω; objectively, trustworthy; subjectively, trustful:--believe(-ing, -r), faithful(-ly), sure, true.	πιστὸςpistos	faithful,	Adj-NMS
G749ἀρχιερεὺςarchiereus (N-NMS) G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.	ἀρχιερεὺςarchiereus	high priest	N-NMS
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὰta	in things	Art-ANP
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.	πρὸςpros	relating to	Prep
G2316Θεόν,Theon (N-AMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	Θεόν,Theon	God,	N-AMS
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).	εἰςeis	in order	Prep
G2433ἱλάσκεσθαιhilaskesthai (V-PNM/P) G2433 ἱλάσκομαι hiláskomai hil-as-kom-ahee middle voice from the same as ἵλεως; to conciliate, i.e. (transitively) to atone for (sin), or (intransitively) be propitious:--be merciful, make reconciliation for.	ἱλάσκεσθαιhilaskesthai	to make propitiation for	V-PNM/P
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὰςtas	the	Art-AFP
G266ἁμαρτίαςhamartias (N-AFP) G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).	ἁμαρτίαςhamartias	sins	N-AFP
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοῦtou	of the	Art-GMS
G2992λαοῦ.laou (N-GMS) G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.	λαοῦ.laou	people.	N-GMS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	In	Prep
G3739ᾧhō (RelPro-DNS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,	ᾧhō	that	RelPro-DNS
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.	γὰρgar	for	Conj
G3958πέπονθενpeponthen (V-RIA-3S) G3958 πάσχω páschō pen-tho apparently a primary verb; to experience a sensation or impression (usually painful):--feel, passion, suffer, vex.	πέπονθενpeponthen	has suffered	V-RIA-3S
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτὸςautos	He Himself,	PPro-NM3S
G3985πειρασθείς,peirastheis (V-APP-NMS) G3985 πειράζω peirázō pi-rad-zo from πεῖρα; to test (objectively), i.e. endeavor, scrutinize, entice, discipline:--assay, examine, go about, prove, tempt(-er), try.	πειρασθείς,peirastheis	having been tempted,	V-APP-NMS
G1410δύναταιdynatai (V-PIM/P-3S) G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.	δύναταιdynatai	He is able	V-PIM/P-3S
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοῖςtois	those	Art-DMP
G3985πειραζομένοιςpeirazomenois (V-PPM/P-DMP) G3985 πειράζω peirázō pi-rad-zo from πεῖρα; to test (objectively), i.e. endeavor, scrutinize, entice, discipline:--assay, examine, go about, prove, tempt(-er), try.	πειραζομένοιςpeirazomenois	being tempted	V-PPM/P-DMP
G997βοηθῆσαι.boēthēsai (V-ANA) G997 βοηθέω boēthéō bo-ay-theh-o from βοηθός; to aid or relieve:--help, succor.	βοηθῆσαι.boēthēsai	to help.	V-ANA

ου γαρ αγγελοις υπεταξεν την οικουμενην την μελλουσαν περι ης λαλουμεν διεμαρτυρατο δε που τις λεγων τι εστιν ανθρωπος οτι μιμνησκη αυτου η υιος ανθρωπου οτι επισκεπτη αυτον ηλαττωσας αυτον βραχυ τι παρ αγγελους δοξη και τιμη εστεφανωσας αυτον και κατεστησας αυτον επι τα εργα των χειρων σου παντα υπεταξας υποκατω των ποδων αυτου εν γαρ τω υποταξαι αυτω τα παντα ουδεν αφηκεν αυτω ανυποτακτον νυν δε ουπω ορωμεν αυτω τα παντα υποτεταγμενα τον δε βραχυ τι παρ αγγελους ηλαττωμενον βλεπομεν ιησουν δια το παθημα του θανατου δοξη και τιμη εστεφανωμενον οπως χαριτι θεου υπερ παντος γευσηται θανατου επρεπεν γαρ αυτω δι ον τα παντα και δι ου τα παντα πολλους υιους εις δοξαν αγαγοντα τον αρχηγον της σωτηριας αυτων δια παθηματων τελειωσαι ο τε γαρ αγιαζων και οι αγιαζομενοι εξ ενος παντες δι ην αιτιαν ουκ επαισχυνεται αδελφους αυτους καλειν λεγων απαγγελω το ονομα σου τοις αδελφοις μου εν μεσω εκκλησιας υμνησω σε και παλιν εγω εσομαι πεποιθως επ αυτω και παλιν ιδου εγω και τα παιδια α μοι εδωκεν ο θεος επει ουν τα παιδια κεκοινωνηκεν σαρκος και αιματος και αυτος παραπλησιως μετεσχεν των αυτων ινα δια του θανατου καταργηση τον το κρατος εχοντα του θανατου τουτ εστιν τον διαβολον και απαλλαξη τουτους οσοι φοβω θανατου δια παντος του ζην ενοχοι ησαν δουλειας ου γαρ δηπου αγγελων επιλαμβανεται αλλα σπερματος αβρααμ επιλαμβανεται οθεν ωφειλεν κατα παντα τοις αδελφοις ομοιωθηναι ινα ελεημων γενηται και πιστος αρχιερευς τα προς τον θεον εις το ιλασκεσθαι τας αμαρτιας του λαου εν ω γαρ πεπονθεν αυτος πειρασθεις δυναται τοις πειραζομενοις βοηθησαι

3

Jesus is Above Moses

Jesus Our Apostle and High Priest

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3606Ὅθεν,Hothen (Conj) G3606 ὅθεν hóthen hoth-en from ὅς with the directive enclitic of source; from which place or source or cause (adverb or conjunction):--from thence, (from) whence, where(-by, -fore, -upon).	Ὅθεν,Hothen	Therefore,	Conj
G80ἀδελφοὶadelphoi (N-VMP) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.	ἀδελφοὶadelphoi	brothers	N-VMP
G40ἅγιοι,hagioi (Adj-VMP) G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.	ἅγιοι,hagioi	holy,	Adj-VMP
G2821κλήσεωςklēseōs (N-GFS) G2821 κλῆσις klēsis klay-sis from a shorter form of καλέω; an invitation (figuratively):--calling.	κλήσεωςklēseōs	of the calling	N-GFS
G2032ἐπουρανίουepouraniou (Adj-GFS) G2032 ἐπουράνιος epouránios ep-oo-ran-ee-os from ἐπί and οὐρανός; above the sky:--celestial, (in) heaven(-ly), high.	ἐπουρανίουepouraniou	heavenly	Adj-GFS
G3353μέτοχοι,metochoi (Adj-VMP) G3353 μέτοχος métochos met-okh-os from μετέχω; participant, i.e. (as noun) a sharer; by implication, an associate:--fellow, partaker, partner.	μέτοχοι,metochoi	partakers,	Adj-VMP
G2657κατανοήσατεkatanoēsate (V-AMA-2P) G2657 κατανοέω katanoéō kat-an-o-eh-o from κατά and νοιέω; to observe fully:--behold, consider, discover, perceive.	κατανοήσατεkatanoēsate	carefully consider	V-AMA-2P
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὸνton	the	Art-AMS
G652ἈπόστολονApostolon (N-AMS) G652 ἀπόστολος apóstolos ap-os-tol-os from ἀποστέλλω; a delegate; specially, an ambassador of the Gospel; officially a commissioner of Christ (apostle) (with miraculous powers):--apostle, messenger, he that is sent.	ἈπόστολονApostolon	apostle	N-AMS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G749ἈρχιερέαArchierea (N-AMS) G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.	ἈρχιερέαArchierea	high priest	N-AMS
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῆςtēs	of the	Art-GFS
G3671ὁμολογίαςhomologias (N-GFS) G3671 ὁμολογία homología hom-ol-og-ee-ah from the same as ὁμολογέω; acknowledgment:--con- (pro-)fession, professed.	ὁμολογίαςhomologias	confession	N-GFS
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,	ἡμῶνhēmōn	of us,	PPro-G1P
G2424Ἰησοῦν,Iēsoun (N-AMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.	Ἰησοῦν,Iēsoun	Jesus,	N-AMS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G4103πιστὸνpiston (Adj-AMS) G4103 πιστός pistós pis-tos from πείθω; objectively, trustworthy; subjectively, trustful:--believe(-ing, -r), faithful(-ly), sure, true.	πιστὸνpiston	faithful	Adj-AMS
G1510ὄνταonta (V-PPA-AMS) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.	ὄνταonta	being	V-PPA-AMS
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῷtō	to the One	Art-DMS
G4160ποιήσαντιpoiēsanti (V-APA-DMS) G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.	ποιήσαντιpoiēsanti	having appointed	V-APA-DMS
G846αὐτὸν,auton (PPro-AM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτὸν,auton	Him,	PPro-AM3S
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.	ὡςhōs	as	Adv
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	also	Conj
G3475ΜωϋσῆςMōusēs (N-NMS) G3475 Μωσεύς Mōseús mo-oo-sace of Hebrew origin; (מֹשֶׁה); Moseus, Moses, or Mouses (i.e. Mosheh), the Hebrew lawgiver:--Moses.	ΜωϋσῆςMōusēs	Moses	N-NMS
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	in	Prep
G3650ὅλῳholō (Adj-DMS) G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.	ὅλῳholō	all	Adj-DMS
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῷtō	the	Art-DMS
G3624οἴκῳoikō (N-DMS) G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.	οἴκῳoikō	house	N-DMS
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτοῦ.autou	of Him.	PPro-GM3S

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G4119Πλείονοςpleionos (Adj-GFS-C) G4119 πλείων pleíōn pleh-on comparative of πολύς; more in quantity, number, or quality; also (in plural) the major portion:--X above, + exceed, more excellent, further, (very) great(-er), long(-er), (very) many, greater (more) part, + yet but.	Πλείονοςpleionos	Of greater	Adj-GFS-C
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.	γὰρgar	for	Conj
G3778οὗτοςhoutos (DPro-NMS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,	οὗτοςhoutos	He	DPro-NMS
G1391δόξηςdoxēs (N-GFS) G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.	δόξηςdoxēs	glory	N-GFS
G3844παρὰpara (Prep) G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.	παρὰpara	than	Prep
G3475ΜωϋσῆνMōusēn (N-AMS) G3475 Μωσεύς Mōseús mo-oo-sace of Hebrew origin; (מֹשֶׁה); Moseus, Moses, or Mouses (i.e. Mosheh), the Hebrew lawgiver:--Moses.	ΜωϋσῆνMōusēn	Moses	N-AMS
G515ἠξίωταιēxiōtai (V-RIM/P-3S) G515 ἀξιόω axióō ax-ee-o-o from ἄξιος; to deem entitled or fit:--desire, think good, count (think) worthy.	ἠξίωταιēxiōtai	has been counted worthy,	V-RIM/P-3S
G2596καθ’kath’ (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.	καθ’kath’	by	Prep
G3745ὅσονhoson (RelPro-ANS) G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,	ὅσονhoson	so much as	RelPro-ANS
G4119πλείοναpleiona (Adj-AFS-C) G4119 πλείων pleíōn pleh-on comparative of πολύς; more in quantity, number, or quality; also (in plural) the major portion:--X above, + exceed, more excellent, further, (very) great(-er), long(-er), (very) many, greater (more) part, + yet but.	πλείοναpleiona	greater	Adj-AFS-C
G5092τιμὴνtimēn (N-AFS) G5092 τιμή timḗ tee-may from τίνω; a value, i.e. money paid, or (concretely and collectively) valuables; by analogy, esteem (especially of the highest degree), or the dignity itself:--honour, precious, price, some.	τιμὴνtimēn	honor	N-AFS
G2192ἔχειechei (V-PIA-3S) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.	ἔχειechei	has	V-PIA-3S
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοῦtou	than the	Art-GMS
G3624οἴκουoikou (N-GMS) G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.	οἴκουoikou	house itself,	N-GMS
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	ὁho	the one	Art-NMS
G2680κατασκευάσαςkataskeuasas (V-APA-NMS) G2680 κατασκευάζω kataskeuázō kat-ask-yoo-ad-zo from κατά and a derivative of σκεῦος; to prepare thoroughly (properly, by external equipment; whereas ἑτοιμάζω refers rather to internal fitness); by implication, to construct, create:--build, make, ordain, prepare.	κατασκευάσαςkataskeuasas	having built	V-APA-NMS
G846αὐτόν.auton (PPro-AM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτόν.auton	it.	PPro-AM3S

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3956πᾶςpas (Adj-NMS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.	πᾶςpas	Every	Adj-NMS
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.	γὰρgar	for	Conj
G3624οἶκοςoikos (N-NMS) G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.	οἶκοςoikos	house	N-NMS
G2680κατασκευάζεταιkataskeuazetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G2680 κατασκευάζω kataskeuázō kat-ask-yoo-ad-zo from κατά and a derivative of σκεῦος; to prepare thoroughly (properly, by external equipment; whereas ἑτοιμάζω refers rather to internal fitness); by implication, to construct, create:--build, make, ordain, prepare.	κατασκευάζεταιkataskeuazetai	is built	V-PIM/P-3S
G5259ὑπόhypo (Prep) G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.	ὑπόhypo	by	Prep
G5100τινος,tinos (IPro-GMS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,	τινος,tinos	someone;	IPro-GMS
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	ὁho	the One	Art-NMS
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).	δὲde	however	Conj
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.	πάνταpanta	everything	Adj-ANP
G2680κατασκευάσαςkataskeuasas (V-APA-NMS) G2680 κατασκευάζω kataskeuázō kat-ask-yoo-ad-zo from κατά and a derivative of σκεῦος; to prepare thoroughly (properly, by external equipment; whereas ἑτοιμάζω refers rather to internal fitness); by implication, to construct, create:--build, make, ordain, prepare.	κατασκευάσαςkataskeuasas	having built is	V-APA-NMS
G2316Θεός.Theos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	Θεός.Theos	God.	N-NMS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G2532Καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	Καὶkai	And	Conj
G3475ΜωϋσῆςMōusēs (N-NMS) G3475 Μωσεύς Mōseús mo-oo-sace of Hebrew origin; (מֹשֶׁה); Moseus, Moses, or Mouses (i.e. Mosheh), the Hebrew lawgiver:--Moses.	ΜωϋσῆςMōusēs	Moses	N-NMS
G3303μὲνmen (Conj) G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,	μὲνmen	indeed	Conj
G4103πιστὸςpistos (Adj-NMS) G4103 πιστός pistós pis-tos from πείθω; objectively, trustworthy; subjectively, trustful:--believe(-ing, -r), faithful(-ly), sure, true.	πιστὸςpistos	was faithful	Adj-NMS
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	in	Prep
G3650ὅλῳholō (Adj-DMS) G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.	ὅλῳholō	all	Adj-DMS
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῷtō	the	Art-DMS
G3624οἴκῳoikō (N-DMS) G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.	οἴκῳoikō	house	N-DMS
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτοῦautou	of Him	PPro-GM3S
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.	ὡςhōs	as	Adv
G2324θεράπωνtherapōn (N-NMS) G2324 θεράπων therápōn ther-ap-ohn apparently a participle from an otherwise obsolete derivative of the base of θέρος; a menial attendant (as if cherishing):--servant.	θεράπωνtherapōn	a servant,	N-NMS
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).	εἰςeis	unto	Prep
G3142μαρτύριονmartyrion (N-ANS) G3142 μαρτύριον martýrion mar-too-ree-on neuter of a presumed derivative of μάρτυς; something evidential, i.e. (genitive case) evidence given or (specially), the Decalogue (in the sacred Tabernacle):--to be testified, testimony, witness.	μαρτύριονmartyrion	a testimony	N-ANS
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῶνtōn	of the things	Art-GNP
G2980λαληθησομένων,lalēthēsomenōn (V-FPP-GNP) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.	λαληθησομένων,lalēthēsomenōn	going to be spoken;	V-FPP-GNP

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G5547ΧριστὸςChristos (N-NMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.	ΧριστὸςChristos	Christ	N-NMS
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).	δὲde	however	Conj
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.	ὡςhōs	as	Adv
G5207υἱὸςhuios (N-NMS) G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.	υἱὸςhuios	the Son	N-NMS
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).	ἐπὶepi	over	Prep
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὸνton	the	Art-AMS
G3624οἶκονoikon (N-AMS) G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.	οἶκονoikon	house	N-AMS
G846αὐτοῦ·autou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτοῦ·autou	of Him,	PPro-GM3S
G3739οὗhou (RelPro-GMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,	οὗhou	whose	RelPro-GMS
G3624οἶκόςoikos (N-NMS) G3624 οἶκος oîkos oy-kos of uncertain affinity; a dwelling (more or less extensive, literal or figurative); by implication, a family (more or less related, literally or figuratively):--home, house(-hold), temple.	οἶκόςoikos	house	N-NMS
G1510ἐσμενesmen (V-PIA-1P) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.	ἐσμενesmen	are	V-PIA-1P
G1473ἡμεῖς,hēmeis (PPro-N1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,	ἡμεῖς,hēmeis	we,	PPro-N1P
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.	ἐὰνean	if indeed	Conj
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὴνtēn	our	Art-AFS
G3954παρρησίανparrēsian (N-AFS) G3954 παῤῥησία parrhēsía par-rhay-see-ah from πᾶς and a derivative of ῥέω; all out-spokenness, i.e. frankness, bluntness, publicity; by implication, assurance:--bold (X -ly, -ness, -ness of speech), confidence, X freely, X openly, X plainly(-ness).	παρρησίανparrēsian	confidence,	N-AFS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὸto	the	Art-ANS
G2745καύχημαkauchēma (N-ANS) G2745 καύχημα kaúchēma kow-khay-mah from καυχάομαι; a boast (properly, the object; by implication, the act) in a good or a bad sense:--boasting, (whereof) to glory (of), glorying, rejoice(-ing).	καύχημαkauchēma	boast	N-ANS
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῆςtēs	of our	Art-GFS
G1680ἐλπίδοςelpidos (N-GFS) G1680 ἐλπίς elpís el-pece from a primary (to anticipate, usually with pleasure); expectation (abstractly or concretely) or confidence:--faith, hope.	ἐλπίδοςelpidos	hope,	N-GFS
G3360〈〈μέχριmechri (Prep) G3360 μέχρι méchri mekh-ris from μῆκος; as far as, i.e. up to a certain point (as a preposition, of extent (denoting the terminus, whereas ἄχρι refers especially to the space of time or place intervening) or conjunction):--till, (un-)to, until.,	〈〈μέχριmechri	unto	Prep
G5056τέλουςtelous (N-GNS) G5056 τέλος télos tel-os from a primary (to set out for a definite point or goal); properly, the point aimed at as a limit, i.e. (by implication) the conclusion of an act or state (termination (literally, figuratively or indefinitely), result (immediate, ultimate or prophetic), purpose); specially, an impost or levy (as paid):--+ continual, custom, end(-ing), finally, uttermost. Compare φόρος.	τέλουςtelous	the end	N-GNS
G949βεβαίαν〉bebaian (Adj-AFS) G949 βέβαιος bébaios beb-ah-yos from the base of βάσις (through the idea of basality); stable (literally or figuratively):--firm, of force, stedfast, sure.	βεβαίαν〉bebaian	firm	Adj-AFS
G2722κατάσχωμεν.kataschōmen (V-ASA-1P) G2722 κατέχω katéchō kat-ekh-o from κατά and ἔχω; to hold down (fast), in various applications (literally or figuratively):--have, hold (fast), keep (in memory), let, X make toward, possess, retain, seize on, stay, take, withhold.	κατάσχωμεν.kataschōmen	we should hold.	V-ASA-1P

οθεν αδελφοι αγιοι κλησεως επουρανιου μετοχοι κατανοησατε τον αποστολον και αρχιερεα της ομολογιας ημων χριστον ιησουν πιστον οντα τω ποιησαντι αυτον ως και μωσης εν ολω τω οικω αυτου πλειονος γαρ δοξης ουτος παρα μωσην ηξιωται καθ οσον πλειονα τιμην εχει του οικου ο κατασκευασας αυτον πας γαρ οικος κατασκευαζεται υπο τινος ο δε τα παντα κατασκευασας θεος και μωσης μεν πιστος εν ολω τω οικω αυτου ως θεραπων εις μαρτυριον των λαληθησομενων χριστος δε ως υιος επι τον οικον αυτου ου οικος εσμεν ημεις εανπερ την παρρησιαν και το καυχημα της ελπιδος μεχρι τελους βεβαιαν κατασχωμεν

Do Not Harden Your Hearts

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G1352Διό,Dio (Conj) G1352 διό dió dee-o from διά and ὅς; through which thing, i.e. consequently:--for which cause, therefore, wherefore.	Διό,Dio	Therefore,	Conj
G2531καθὼςkathōs (Adv) G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.	καθὼςkathōs	just as	Adv
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.	λέγειlegei	says	V-PIA-3S
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὸto	the	Art-NNS
G4151ΠνεῦμαPneuma (N-NNS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.	ΠνεῦμαPneuma	Spirit	N-NNS
G40ἍγιονHagion (Adj-NNS) G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.	ἍγιονHagion	Holy:	Adj-NNS
G4594ΣήμερονSēmeron (Adv) G4594 σήμερον sḗmeron say-mer-on neuter (as adverb) of a presumed compound of the article ὁ (t changed to s) and ἡμέρα; on the (i.e. this) day (or night current or just passed); generally, now (i.e. at present, hitherto):--this (to-)day.	ΣήμερονSēmeron	Today	Adv
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.	ἐὰνean	if	Conj
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῆςtēs	the	Art-GFS
G5456φωνῆςphōnēs (N-GFS) G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.	φωνῆςphōnēs	voice	N-GFS
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτοῦautou	of Him	PPro-GM3S
G191ἀκούσητε,akousēte (V-ASA-2P) G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.	ἀκούσητε,akousēte	you should hear,	V-ASA-2P

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,	μὴmē	not	Adv
G4645σκληρύνητεsklērynēte (V-ASA-2P) G4645 σκληρύνω sklērýnō sklay-roo-no from σκληρός; to indurate, i.e. (figuratively) render stubborn:--harden.	σκληρύνητεsklērynēte	harden	V-ASA-2P
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὰςtas	the	Art-AFP
G2588καρδίαςkardias (N-AFP) G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).	καρδίαςkardias	hearts	N-AFP
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,	ὑμῶνhymōn	of you,	PPro-G2P
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.	ὡςhōs	as	Adv
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	in	Prep
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῷtō	the	Art-DMS
G3894παραπικρασμῷparapikrasmō (N-DMS) G3894 παραπικρασμός parapikrasmós par-ap-ik-ras-mos from παραπικραίνω; irritation:--provocation.	παραπικρασμῷparapikrasmō	rebellion,	N-DMS
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.	κατὰkata	in	Prep
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὴνtēn	the	Art-AFS
G2250ἡμέρανhēmeran (N-AFS) G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.	ἡμέρανhēmeran	day	N-AFS
G3986πειρασμοῦpeirasmou (N-GMS) G3986 πειρασμός peirasmós pi-ras-mos from πειράζω; a putting to proof (by experiment (of good), experience (of evil), solicitation, discipline or provocation); by implication, adversity:--temptation, X try.	πειρασμοῦpeirasmou	of testing	N-GMS
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	in	Prep
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῇtē	the	Art-DFS
G2048ἐρήμῳ,erēmō (Adj-DFS) G2048 ἔρημος érēmos er-ay-mos of uncertain affinity; lonesome, i.e. (by implication) waste (usually as a noun, χώρα being implied):--desert, desolate, solitary, wilderness.,	ἐρήμῳ,erēmō	wilderness,	Adj-DFS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3757οὗhou (Adv) G3757 οὗ hoû hoo genitive case of ὅς as adverb; at which place, i.e. where:--where(-in), whither(-soever).,	οὗhou	where	Adv
G3985ἐπείρασανepeirasan (V-AIA-3P) G3985 πειράζω peirázō pi-rad-zo from πεῖρα; to test (objectively), i.e. endeavor, scrutinize, entice, discipline:--assay, examine, go about, prove, tempt(-er), try.	ἐπείρασανepeirasan	tried Me	V-AIA-3P
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	οἱhoi	the	Art-NMP
G3962πατέρεςpateres (N-NMP) G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.	πατέρεςpateres	fathers	N-NMP
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,	ὑμῶνhymōn	of you	PPro-G2P
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	by	Prep
G1382δοκιμασίᾳdokimasia (N-DFS) G1382 δοκιμή dokimḗ dok-ee-may from the same as δόκιμος; test (abstractly or concretely); by implication, trustiness:--experience(-riment), proof, trial.	δοκιμασίᾳdokimasia	testing,	N-DFS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G3708εἶδονeidon (V-AIA-3P) G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.	εἶδονeidon	saw	V-AIA-3P
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὰta	the	Art-ANP
G2041ἔργαerga (N-ANP) G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.	ἔργαerga	works	N-ANP
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,	μουmou	of Me	PPro-G1S
G5062τεσσεράκονταtesserakonta (Adj-ANP) G5062 τεσσαράκοντα tessarákonta tes-sar-ak-on-tah the decade of τέσσαρες; forty:--forty.	τεσσεράκονταtesserakonta	forty	Adj-ANP
G2094ἔτη.etē (N-ANP) G2094 ἔτος étos et-os apparently a primary word; a year:--year.	ἔτη.etē	years.	N-ANP

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G1352διὸdio (Conj) G1352 διό dió dee-o from διά and ὅς; through which thing, i.e. consequently:--for which cause, therefore, wherefore.	διὸdio	Therefore	Conj
G4360προσώχθισαprosōchthisa (V-AIA-1S) G4360 προσοχθίζω prosochthízō pros-okh-thid-zo from πρός and a form of (to be vexed with something irksome); to feel indignant at:--be grieved at.	προσώχθισαprosōchthisa	I was angry	V-AIA-1S
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῇtē	with the	Art-DFS
G1074γενεᾷgenea (N-DFS) G1074 γενεά geneá ghen-eh-ah from (a presumed derivative of) γένος; a generation; by implication, an age (the period or the persons):--age, generation, nation, time.	γενεᾷgenea	generation	N-DFS
G3778ταύτῃtautē (DPro-DFS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,	ταύτῃtautē	that,	DPro-DFS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G3004εἶπονeipon (V-AIA-1S) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.	εἶπονeipon	I said,	V-AIA-1S
G104ἈεὶAei (Adv) G104 ἀεί aeí ah-eye from an obsolete primary noun (apparently meaning continued duration); ever	ἈεὶAei	Always	Adv
G4105πλανῶνταιplanōntai (V-PIM/P-3P) G4105 πλανάω planáō plan-ah-o from πλάνη; to (properly, cause to) roam (from safety, truth, or virtue):--go astray, deceive, err, seduce, wander, be out of the way.	πλανῶνταιplanōntai	they go astray	V-PIM/P-3P
G2588καρδίᾳ·kardia (N-DFS) G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).	καρδίᾳ·kardia	in the heart	N-DFS
G846αὐτοὶautoi (PPro-NM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτοὶautoi	of them;	PPro-NM3P
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).	δὲde	and	Conj
G3756οὐκouk (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,	οὐκouk	not	Adv
G1097ἔγνωσανegnōsan (V-AIA-3P) G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.	ἔγνωσανegnōsan	have they known	V-AIA-3P
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὰςtas	the	Art-AFP
G3598ὁδούςhodous (N-AFP) G3598 ὁδός hodós hod-os apparently a primary word; a road; by implication, a progress (the route, act or distance); figuratively, a mode or means:--journey, (high-)way.	ὁδούςhodous	ways	N-AFP
G1473μου,mou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,	μου,mou	of Me;	PPro-G1S

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.	ὡςhōs	so	Adv
G3660ὤμοσαōmosa (V-AIA-1S) G3660 ὀμνύω omnýō om-o-o a prolonged form of a primary, but obsolete , for which another prolonged form is used in certain tenses; to swear, i.e. take (or declare on) oath:--swear.	ὤμοσαōmosa	I swore	V-AIA-1S
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	in	Prep
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῇtē	the	Art-DFS
G3709ὀργῇorgē (N-DFS) G3709 ὀργή orgḗ or-gay from ὀρέγομαι; properly, desire (as a reaching forth or excitement of the mind), i.e. (by analogy), violent passion (ire, or (justifiable) abhorrence); by implication punishment:--anger, indignation, vengeance, wrath.	ὀργῇorgē	wrath	N-DFS
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,	μουmou	of Me,	PPro-G1S
G1487ΕἰEi (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.	ΕἰEi	not	Conj
G1525εἰσελεύσονταιeiseleusontai (V-FIM-3P) G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).	εἰσελεύσονταιeiseleusontai	shall they enter	V-FIM-3P
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).	εἰςeis	into	Prep
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὴνtēn	the	Art-AFS
G2663κατάπαυσίνkatapausin (N-AFS) G2663 κατάπαυσις katápausis kat-ap-ow-sis from καταπαύω; reposing down, i.e. (by Hebraism) abode:--rest.	κατάπαυσίνkatapausin	rest	N-AFS
G1473μου.mou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,	μου.mou	of Me.’”	PPro-G1S

διο καθως λεγει το πνευμα το αγιον σημερον εαν της φωνης αυτου ακουσητε μη σκληρυνητε τας καρδιας υμων ως εν τω παραπικρασμω κατα την ημεραν του πειρασμου εν τη ερημω ου επειρασαν με οι πατερες υμων εδοκιμασαν με και ειδον τα εργα μου τεσσαρακοντα ετη διο προσωχθισα τη γενεα εκεινη και ειπον αει πλανωνται τη καρδια αυτοι δε ουκ εγνωσαν τας οδους μου ως ωμοσα εν τη οργη μου ει εισελευσονται εις την καταπαυσιν μου

The Peril of Unbelief

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G991Βλέπετε,blepete (V-PMA-2P) G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.	Βλέπετε,blepete	Take heed,	V-PMA-2P
G80ἀδελφοί,adelphoi (N-VMP) G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.	ἀδελφοί,adelphoi	brothers,	N-VMP
G3361μή‿mē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,	μή‿mē	lest	Adv
G4219ποτεpote (Conj) G4219 πότε póte pot-eh from the base of ποῦ and τέ; interrogative adverb, at what time:--+ how long, when.	ποτεpote	ever	Conj
G1510ἔσταιestai (V-FIM-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.	ἔσταιestai	there will be	V-FIM-3S
G1722ἔνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἔνen	in	Prep
G5100τινιtini (IPro-DMS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,	τινιtini	any	IPro-DMS
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,	ὑμῶνhymōn	of you	PPro-G2P
G2588καρδίαkardia (N-NFS) G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).	καρδίαkardia	a heart	N-NFS
G4190πονηρὰponēra (Adj-NFS) G4190 πονηρός ponērós pon-ay-ros from a derivative of πόνος; hurtful, i.e. evil (properly, in effect or influence, and thus differing from κακός, which refers rather to essential character, as well as from σαπρός, which indicates degeneracy from original virtue); figuratively, calamitous; also (passively) ill, i.e. diseased; but especially (morally) culpable, i.e. derelict, vicious, facinorous; neuter (singular) mischief, malice, or (plural) guilt; masculine (singular) the devil, or (plural) sinners:--bad, evil, grievous, harm, lewd, malicious, wicked(-ness). See also πονηρότερος.	πονηρὰponēra	evil	Adj-NFS
G570ἀπιστίαςapistias (N-GFS) G570 ἀπιστία apistía ap-is-tee-ah from ἄπιστος; faithlessness, i.e. (negatively) disbelief (lack of Christian faith), or (positively) unfaithfulness (disobedience):--unbelief.	ἀπιστίαςapistias	of unbelief,	N-GFS
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	into	Prep
G868ἀποστῆναιapostēnai (V-ANA) G868 ἀφίστημι aphístēmi af-is-tay-mee from ἀπό and ἵστημι; to remove, i.e. (actively) instigate to revolt; usually (reflexively) to desist, desert, etc.:--depart, draw (fall) away, refrain, withdraw self.	ἀποστῆναιapostēnai	falling away	V-ANA
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep) G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off	ἀπὸapo	from	Prep
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	ΘεοῦTheou	God	N-GMS
G2198ζῶντος,zōntos (V-PPA-GMS) G2198 ζάω záō dzah-o a primary verb; to live (literally or figuratively):--life(-time), (a-)live(-ly), quick.	ζῶντος,zōntos	the living.	V-PPA-GMS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.	ἀλλὰalla	But	Conj
G3870παρακαλεῖτεparakaleite (V-PMA-2P) G3870 παρακαλέω parakaléō par-ak-al-eh-o from παρά and καλέω; to call near, i.e. invite, invoke (by imploration, hortation or consolation):--beseech, call for, (be of good) comfort, desire, (give) exhort(-ation), intreat, pray.	παρακαλεῖτεparakaleite	encourage	V-PMA-2P
G1438ἑαυτοὺςheautous (RefPro-AM3P) G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,	ἑαυτοὺςheautous	other	RefPro-AM3P
G2596καθ’kath’ (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.	καθ’kath’	each	Prep
G1538ἑκάστηνhekastēn (Adj-AFS) G1538 ἕκαστος hékastos hek-as-tos as if a superlative of (afar); each or every:--any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly.	ἑκάστηνhekastēn	every	Adj-AFS
G2250ἡμέραν,hēmeran (N-AFS) G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.	ἡμέραν,hēmeran	day,	N-AFS
G891ἄχριςachris (Prep) G891 ἄχρι áchri akh-rece akin to ἄκρον (through the idea of a terminus); (of time) until or (of place) up to:--as far as, for, in(-to), till, (even, un-)to, until, while. Compare μέχρι.,	ἄχριςachris	while	Prep
G4594ΣήμερονSēmeron (Adv) G4594 σήμερον sḗmeron say-mer-on neuter (as adverb) of a presumed compound of the article ὁ (t changed to s) and ἡμέρα; on the (i.e. this) day (or night current or just passed); generally, now (i.e. at present, hitherto):--this (to-)day.	ΣήμερονSēmeron	today	Adv
G2564καλεῖται,kaleitai (V-PIM/P-3S) G2564 καλέω kaléō kal-eh-o akin to the base of κελεύω; to call (properly, aloud, but used in a variety of applications, directly or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-)name (was (called)).	καλεῖται,kaleitai	it is called,	V-PIM/P-3S
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.	ἵναhina	so that	Conj
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,	μὴmē	not	Adv
G4645σκληρυνθῇsklērynthē (V-ASP-3S) G4645 σκληρύνω sklērýnō sklay-roo-no from σκληρός; to indurate, i.e. (figuratively) render stubborn:--harden.	σκληρυνθῇsklērynthē	may be hardened	V-ASP-3S
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,	τιςtis	one	IPro-NMS
G1537ἐξex (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.	ἐξex	of	Prep
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,	ὑμῶνhymōn	you	PPro-G2P
G539ἀπάτῃapatē (N-DFS) G539 ἀπάτη apátē ap-at-ay from ἀπατάω; delusion:--deceit(-ful, -fulness), deceivableness(-ving).	ἀπάτῃapatē	by the deceitfulness	N-DFS
G266ἁμαρτίας·hamartias (N-GFS) G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).	ἁμαρτίας·hamartias	of sin.	N-GFS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3353Μέτοχοιmetochoi (Adj-NMP) G3353 μέτοχος métochos met-okh-os from μετέχω; participant, i.e. (as noun) a sharer; by implication, an associate:--fellow, partaker, partner.	Μέτοχοιmetochoi	Partakers	Adj-NMP
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.	γὰρgar	for	Conj
G5547ΧριστοῦChristou (N-GMS) G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.	ΧριστοῦChristou	of Christ	N-GMS
G1096γεγόναμεν,gegonamen (V-RIA-1P) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.	γεγόναμεν,gegonamen	we have become,	V-RIA-1P
G1437ἐάνπερeanper (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.	ἐάνπερeanper	if indeed	Conj
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὴνtēn	from the	Art-AFS
G746ἀρχὴνarchēn (N-AFS) G746 ἀρχή archḗ ar-khay from ἄρχομαι; (properly abstract) a commencement, or (concretely) chief (in various applications of order, time, place, or rank):--beginning, corner, (at the, the) first (estate), magistrate, power, principality, principle, rule.	ἀρχὴνarchēn	beginning	N-AFS
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῆςtēs	the	Art-GFS
G5287ὑποστάσεωςhypostaseōs (N-GFS) G5287 ὑπόστασις hypóstasis hoop-os-tas-is from a compound of ὑπό and ἵστημι; a setting under (support), i.e. (figuratively) concretely, essence, or abstractly, assurance (objectively or subjectively):--confidence, confident, person, substance.	ὑποστάσεωςhypostaseōs	assurance	N-GFS
G3360μέχριmechri (Prep) G3360 μέχρι méchri mekh-ris from μῆκος; as far as, i.e. up to a certain point (as a preposition, of extent (denoting the terminus, whereas ἄχρι refers especially to the space of time or place intervening) or conjunction):--till, (un-)to, until.,	μέχριmechri	unto	Prep
G5056τέλουςtelous (N-GNS) G5056 τέλος télos tel-os from a primary (to set out for a definite point or goal); properly, the point aimed at as a limit, i.e. (by implication) the conclusion of an act or state (termination (literally, figuratively or indefinitely), result (immediate, ultimate or prophetic), purpose); specially, an impost or levy (as paid):--+ continual, custom, end(-ing), finally, uttermost. Compare φόρος.	τέλουςtelous	the end	N-GNS
G949βεβαίανbebaian (Adj-AFS) G949 βέβαιος bébaios beb-ah-yos from the base of βάσις (through the idea of basality); stable (literally or figuratively):--firm, of force, stedfast, sure.	βεβαίανbebaian	firm	Adj-AFS
G2722κατάσχωμεν.kataschōmen (V-ASA-1P) G2722 κατέχω katéchō kat-ekh-o from κατά and ἔχω; to hold down (fast), in various applications (literally or figuratively):--have, hold (fast), keep (in memory), let, X make toward, possess, retain, seize on, stay, take, withhold.	κατάσχωμεν.kataschōmen	we should hold.	V-ASA-1P

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	As	Prep
G3004λέγεσθαιlegesthai (V-PNM/P) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.	λέγεσθαιlegesthai	it is said:	V-PNM/P
G4594ΣήμερονSēmeron (Adv) G4594 σήμερον sḗmeron say-mer-on neuter (as adverb) of a presumed compound of the article ὁ (t changed to s) and ἡμέρα; on the (i.e. this) day (or night current or just passed); generally, now (i.e. at present, hitherto):--this (to-)day.	ΣήμερονSēmeron	Today	Adv
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj) G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.	ἐὰνean	if	Conj
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῆςtēs	the	Art-GFS
G5456φωνῆςphōnēs (N-GFS) G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.	φωνῆςphōnēs	voice	N-GFS
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτοῦautou	of Him	PPro-GM3S
G191ἀκούσητε,akousēte (V-ASA-2P) G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.	ἀκούσητε,akousēte	you should hear,	V-ASA-2P
G3361ΜὴMē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,	ΜὴMē	not	Adv
G4645σκληρύνητεsklērynēte (V-ASA-2P) G4645 σκληρύνω sklērýnō sklay-roo-no from σκληρός; to indurate, i.e. (figuratively) render stubborn:--harden.	σκληρύνητεsklērynēte	harden	V-ASA-2P
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὰςtas	the	Art-AFP
G2588καρδίαςkardias (N-AFP) G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).	καρδίαςkardias	hearts	N-AFP
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,	ὑμῶνhymōn	of you,	PPro-G2P
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.	ὡςhōs	as	Adv
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	in	Prep
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῷtō	the	Art-DMS
G3894παραπικρασμῷ.parapikrasmō (N-DMS) G3894 παραπικρασμός parapikrasmós par-ap-ik-ras-mos from παραπικραίνω; irritation:--provocation.	παραπικρασμῷ.parapikrasmō	rebellion.”	N-DMS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G5101Τίνεςtines (IPro-NMP) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,	Τίνεςtines	Who	IPro-NMP
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.	γὰρgar	for	Conj
G191ἀκούσαντεςakousantes (V-APA-NMP) G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.	ἀκούσαντεςakousantes	were those having heard,	V-APA-NMP
G3893παρεπίκραναν;parepikranan (V-AIA-3P) G3893 παραπικραίνω parapikraínō par-ap-ik-rah-ee-no from παρά and πικραίνω; to embitter alongside, i.e. (figuratively) to exasperate:--provoke.	παρεπίκραναν;parepikranan	rebelled,	V-AIA-3P
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj) G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.	ἀλλ’all’	but	Conj
G3756οὐou (Adv) G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,	οὐou	not	Adv
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.	πάντεςpantes	all	Adj-NMP
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	οἱhoi	those	Art-NMP
G1831ἐξελθόντεςexelthontes (V-APA-NMP) G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.	ἐξελθόντεςexelthontes	having come	V-APA-NMP
G1537ἐξex (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.	ἐξex	out of	Prep
G125ΑἰγύπτουAigyptou (N-GFS) G125 Αἴγυπτος Aígyptos ah-ee-goop-tos of uncertain derivation; Ægyptus, the land of the Nile:--Egypt.	ΑἰγύπτουAigyptou	Egypt	N-GFS
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.	διὰdia	by the leading of	Prep
G3475Μωϋσέως;Mōuseōs (N-GMS) G3475 Μωσεύς Mōseús mo-oo-sace of Hebrew origin; (מֹשֶׁה); Moseus, Moses, or Mouses (i.e. Mosheh), the Hebrew lawgiver:--Moses.	Μωϋσέως;Mōuseōs	Moses?	N-GMS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G5101τίσινtisin (IPro-DMP) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,	τίσινtisin	With whom	IPro-DMP
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).	δὲde	now	Conj
G4360προσώχθισενprosōchthisen (V-AIA-3S) G4360 προσοχθίζω prosochthízō pros-okh-thid-zo from πρός and a form of (to be vexed with something irksome); to feel indignant at:--be grieved at.	προσώχθισενprosōchthisen	was He indignant	V-AIA-3S
G5062τεσσεράκονταtesserakonta (Adj-ANP) G5062 τεσσαράκοντα tessarákonta tes-sar-ak-on-tah the decade of τέσσαρες; forty:--forty.	τεσσεράκονταtesserakonta	forty	Adj-ANP
G2094ἔτη;etē (N-ANP) G2094 ἔτος étos et-os apparently a primary word; a year:--year.	ἔτη;etē	years,	N-ANP
G3780οὐχὶouchi (IntPrtcl) G3780 οὐχί ouchí oo-khee intensive of οὐ; not indeed:--nay, not.,	οὐχὶouchi	if not	IntPrtcl
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοῖςtois	with those	Art-DMP
G264ἁμαρτήσασιν,hamartēsasin (V-APA-DMP) G264 ἁμαρτάνω hamartánō ham-ar-tan-o perhaps from Α (as a negative particle) and the base of μέρος; properly, to miss the mark (and so not share in the prize), i.e. (figuratively) to err, especially (morally) to sin:--for your faults, offend, sin, trespass.	ἁμαρτήσασιν,hamartēsasin	having sinned,	V-APA-DMP
G3739ὧνhōn (RelPro-GMP) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,	ὧνhōn	whose	RelPro-GMP
G2966κῶλαkōla (N-NNP) G2966 κῶλον kōlon ko-lon from the base of κολάζω; a limb of the body (as if lopped):--carcase.	κῶλαkōla	bodies	N-NNP
G4098ἔπεσενepesen (V-AIA-3S) G4098 πίπτω píptō pet-o probably akin to πέτομαι through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively):--fail, fall (down), light on.	ἔπεσενepesen	fell	V-AIA-3S
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	in	Prep
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῇtē	the	Art-DFS
G2048ἐρήμῳ;erēmō (Adj-DFS) G2048 ἔρημος érēmos er-ay-mos of uncertain affinity; lonesome, i.e. (by implication) waste (usually as a noun, χώρα being implied):--desert, desolate, solitary, wilderness.,	ἐρήμῳ;erēmō	wilderness?	Adj-DFS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G5101τίσινtisin (IPro-DMP) G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,	τίσινtisin	To whom	IPro-DMP
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).	δὲde	then	Conj
G3660ὤμοσενōmosen (V-AIA-3S) G3660 ὀμνύω omnýō om-o-o a prolonged form of a primary, but obsolete , for which another prolonged form is used in certain tenses; to swear, i.e. take (or declare on) oath:--swear.	ὤμοσενōmosen	did He swear that	V-AIA-3S
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,	μὴmē	not	Adv
G1525εἰσελεύσεσθαιeiseleusesthai (V-FNM) G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).	εἰσελεύσεσθαιeiseleusesthai	shall they enter	V-FNM
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).	εἰςeis	into	Prep
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὴνtēn	the	Art-AFS
G2663κατάπαυσινkatapausin (N-AFS) G2663 κατάπαυσις katápausis kat-ap-ow-sis from καταπαύω; reposing down, i.e. (by Hebraism) abode:--rest.	κατάπαυσινkatapausin	rest	N-AFS
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτοῦautou	of Him,	PPro-GM3S
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.	εἰei	if	Conj
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,	μὴmē	not	Adv
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοῖςtois	to those	Art-DMP
G544ἀπειθήσασιν;apeithēsasin (V-APA-DMP) G544 ἀπειθέω apeithéō ap-i-theh-o from ἀπειθής; to disbelieve (wilfully and perversely):--not believe, disobedient, obey not, unbelieving.	ἀπειθήσασιν;apeithēsasin	having disobeyed?	V-APA-DMP

βλεπετε αδελφοι μηποτε εσται εν τινι υμων καρδια πονηρα απιστιας εν τω αποστηναι απο θεου ζωντος αλλα παρακαλειτε εαυτους καθ εκαστην ημεραν αχρις ου το σημερον καλειται ινα μη σκληρυνθη τις εξ υμων απατη της αμαρτιας μετοχοι γαρ γεγοναμεν του χριστου εανπερ την αρχην της υποστασεως μεχρι τελους βεβαιαν κατασχωμεν εν τω λεγεσθαι σημερον εαν της φωνης αυτου ακουσητε μη σκληρυνητε τας καρδιας υμων ως εν τω παραπικρασμω τινες γαρ ακουσαντες παρεπικραναν αλλ ου παντες οι εξελθοντες εξ αιγυπτου δια μωσεως τισιν δε προσωχθισεν τεσσαρακοντα ετη ουχι τοις αμαρτησασιν ων τα κωλα επεσεν εν τη ερημω τισιν δε ωμοσεν μη εισελευσεσθαι εις την καταπαυσιν αυτου ει μη τοις απειθησασιν και βλεπομεν οτι ουκ ηδυνηθησαν εισελθειν δι απιστιαν

4

The Sabbath Rest

φοβηθωμεν ουν μηποτε καταλειπομενης επαγγελιας εισελθειν εις την καταπαυσιν αυτου δοκη τις εξ υμων υστερηκεναι

και γαρ εσμεν ευηγγελισμενοι καθαπερ κακεινοι αλλ ουκ ωφελησεν ο λογος της ακοης εκεινους μη συγκεκραμενος τη πιστει τοις ακουσασιν εισερχομεθα γαρ εις την καταπαυσιν οι πιστευσαντες καθως ειρηκεν ως ωμοσα εν τη οργη μου ει εισελευσονται εις την καταπαυσιν μου καιτοι των εργων απο καταβολης κοσμου γενηθεντων ειρηκεν γαρ που περι της εβδομης ουτως και κατεπαυσεν ο θεος εν τη ημερα τη εβδομη απο παντων των εργων αυτου και εν τουτω παλιν ει εισελευσονται εις την καταπαυσιν μου επει ουν απολειπεται τινας εισελθειν εις αυτην και οι προτερον ευαγγελισθεντες ουκ εισηλθον δι απειθειαν παλιν τινα οριζει ημεραν σημερον εν δαβιδ λεγων μετα τοσουτον χρονον καθως ειρηται σημερον εαν της φωνης αυτου ακουσητε μη σκληρυνητε τας καρδιας υμων ει γαρ αυτους ιησους κατεπαυσεν ουκ αν περι αλλης ελαλει μετα ταυτα ημερας αρα απολειπεται σαββατισμος τω λαω του θεου ο γαρ εισελθων εις την καταπαυσιν αυτου και αυτος κατεπαυσεν απο των εργων αυτου ωσπερ απο των ιδιων ο θεος σπουδασωμεν ουν εισελθειν εις εκεινην την καταπαυσιν ινα μη εν τω αυτω τις υποδειγματι πεση της απειθειας ζων γαρ ο λογος του θεου και ενεργης και τομωτερος υπερ πασαν μαχαιραν διστομον και διικνουμενος αχρι μερισμου ψυχης τε και πνευματος αρμων τε και μυελων και κριτικος ενθυμησεων και εννοιων καρδιας και ουκ εστιν κτισις αφανης ενωπιον αυτου παντα δε γυμνα και τετραχηλισμενα τοις οφθαλμοις αυτου προς ον ημιν ο λογος

Jesus As High Priest

εχοντες ουν αρχιερεα μεγαν διεληλυθοτα τους ουρανους ιησουν τον υιον του θεου κρατωμεν της ομολογιας ου γαρ εχομεν αρχιερεα μη δυναμενον συμπαθησαι ταις ασθενειαις ημων {VAR1: πεπειραμενον } {VAR2: πεπειρασμενον } δε κατα παντα καθ ομοιοτητα χωρις αμαρτιας προσερχωμεθα ουν μετα παρρησιας τω θρονω της χαριτος ινα λαβωμεν ελεον και χαριν ευρωμεν εις ευκαιρον βοηθειαν

5

Much to Say About This

πας γαρ αρχιερευς εξ ανθρωπων λαμβανομενος υπερ ανθρωπων καθισταται τα προς τον θεον ινα προσφερη δωρα τε και θυσιας υπερ αμαρτιων

μετριοπαθειν δυναμενος τοις αγνοουσιν και πλανωμενοις επει και αυτος περικειται ασθενειαν και δια ταυτην οφειλει καθως περι του λαου ουτως και περι εαυτου προσφερειν υπερ αμαρτιων και ουχ εαυτω τις λαμβανει την τιμην αλλα ο καλουμενος υπο του θεου καθαπερ και ο ααρων ουτως και ο χριστος ουχ εαυτον εδοξασεν γενηθηναι αρχιερεα αλλ ο λαλησας προς αυτον υιος μου ει συ εγω σημερον γεγεννηκα σε καθως και εν ετερω λεγει συ ιερευς εις τον αιωνα κατα την ταξιν μελχισεδεκ ος εν ταις ημεραις της σαρκος αυτου δεησεις τε και ικετηριας προς τον δυναμενον σωζειν αυτον εκ θανατου μετα κραυγης ισχυρας και δακρυων προσενεγκας και εισακουσθεις απο της ευλαβειας καιπερ ων υιος εμαθεν αφ ων επαθεν την υπακοην και τελειωθεις εγενετο τοις υπακουουσιν αυτω πασιν αιτιος σωτηριας αιωνιου προσαγορευθεις υπο του θεου αρχιερευς κατα την ταξιν μελχισεδεκ

Milk and Solid Food

περι ου πολυς ημιν ο λογος και δυσερμηνευτος λεγειν επει νωθροι γεγονατε ταις ακοαις και γαρ οφειλοντες ειναι διδασκαλοι δια τον χρονον παλιν χρειαν εχετε του διδασκειν υμας τινα τα στοιχεια της αρχης των λογιων του θεου και γεγονατε χρειαν εχοντες γαλακτος και ου στερεας τροφης πας γαρ ο μετεχων γαλακτος απειρος λογου δικαιοσυνης νηπιος γαρ εστιν τελειων δε εστιν η στερεα τροφη των δια την εξιν τα αισθητηρια γεγυμνασμενα εχοντων προς διακρισιν καλου τε και κακου

6

A Call to Maturity

διο αφεντες τον της αρχης του χριστου λογον επι την τελειοτητα φερωμεθα μη παλιν θεμελιον καταβαλλομενοι μετανοιας απο νεκρων εργων και πιστεως επι θεον

βαπτισμων διδαχης επιθεσεως τε χειρων αναστασεως τε νεκρων και κριματος αιωνιου και τουτο ποιησομεν εανπερ επιτρεπη ο θεος αδυνατον γαρ τους απαξ φωτισθεντας γευσαμενους τε της δωρεας της επουρανιου και μετοχους γενηθεντας πνευματος αγιου και καλον γευσαμενους θεου ρημα δυναμεις τε μελλοντος αιωνος και παραπεσοντας παλιν ανακαινιζειν εις μετανοιαν ανασταυρουντας εαυτοις τον υιον του θεου και παραδειγματιζοντας γη γαρ η πιουσα τον επ αυτης πολλακις ερχομενον υετον και τικτουσα βοτανην ευθετον εκεινοις δι ους και γεωργειται μεταλαμβανει ευλογιας απο του θεου εκφερουσα δε ακανθας και τριβολους αδοκιμος και καταρας εγγυς ης το τελος εις καυσιν πεπεισμεθα δε περι υμων αγαπητοι τα κρειττονα και εχομενα σωτηριας ει και ουτως λαλουμεν ου γαρ αδικος ο θεος επιλαθεσθαι του εργου υμων και του κοπου της αγαπης ης {VAR1: ενεδειξασθε } {VAR2: ενδειξασθε } εις το ονομα αυτου διακονησαντες τοις αγιοις και διακονουντες επιθυμουμεν δε εκαστον υμων την αυτην ενδεικνυσθαι σπουδην προς την πληροφοριαν της ελπιδος αχρι τελους ινα μη νωθροι γενησθε μιμηται δε των δια πιστεως και μακροθυμιας κληρονομουντων τας επαγγελιας

A Priest in the Order of Melchizedek

τω γαρ αβρααμ επαγγειλαμενος ο θεος επει κατ ουδενος ειχεν μειζονος ομοσαι ωμοσεν καθ εαυτου λεγων η μην ευλογων ευλογησω σε και πληθυνων πληθυνω σε και ουτως μακροθυμησας επετυχεν της επαγγελιας ανθρωποι μεν γαρ κατα του μειζονος ομνυουσιν και πασης αυτοις αντιλογιας περας εις βεβαιωσιν ο ορκος εν ω περισσοτερον βουλομενος ο θεος επιδειξαι τοις κληρονομοις της επαγγελιας το αμεταθετον της βουλης αυτου εμεσιτευσεν ορκω ινα δια δυο πραγματων αμεταθετων εν οις αδυνατον ψευσασθαι θεον ισχυραν παρακλησιν εχωμεν οι καταφυγοντες κρατησαι της προκειμενης ελπιδος ην ως αγκυραν εχομεν της ψυχης ασφαλη τε και βεβαιαν και εισερχομενην εις το εσωτερον του καταπετασματος οπου προδρομος υπερ ημων εισηλθεν ιησους κατα την ταξιν μελχισεδεκ αρχιερευς γενομενος εις τον αιωνα

7

Melchizedek and Abraham

ουτος γαρ ο μελχισεδεκ βασιλευς σαλημ ιερευς του θεου του υψιστου ο συναντησας αβρααμ υποστρεφοντι απο της κοπης των βασιλεων και ευλογησας αυτον

ω και δεκατην απο παντων εμερισεν αβρααμ πρωτον μεν ερμηνευομενος βασιλευς δικαιοσυνης επειτα δε και βασιλευς σαλημ ο εστιν βασιλευς ειρηνης απατωρ αμητωρ αγενεαλογητος μητε αρχην ημερων μητε ζωης τελος εχων αφωμοιωμενος δε τω υιω του θεου μενει ιερευς εις το διηνεκες θεωρειτε δε πηλικος ουτος ω και δεκατην αβρααμ εδωκεν εκ των ακροθινιων ο πατριαρχης και οι μεν εκ των υιων λευι την ιερατειαν λαμβανοντες εντολην εχουσιν αποδεκατουν τον λαον κατα τον νομον τουτ εστιν τους αδελφους αυτων καιπερ εξεληλυθοτας εκ της οσφυος αβρααμ ο δε μη γενεαλογουμενος εξ αυτων δεδεκατωκεν τον αβρααμ και τον εχοντα τας επαγγελιας ευλογηκεν χωρις δε πασης αντιλογιας το ελαττον υπο του κρειττονος ευλογειται και ωδε μεν δεκατας αποθνησκοντες ανθρωποι λαμβανουσιν εκει δε μαρτυρουμενος οτι ζη και ως επος ειπειν δια αβρααμ και λευι ο δεκατας λαμβανων δεδεκατωται ετι γαρ εν τη οσφυι του πατρος ην οτε συνηντησεν αυτω ο μελχισεδεκ

A Superior Priesthood

ει μεν ουν τελειωσις δια της λευιτικης ιερωσυνης ην ο λαος γαρ επ αυτη νενομοθετητο τις ετι χρεια κατα την ταξιν μελχισεδεκ ετερον ανιστασθαι ιερεα και ου κατα την ταξιν ααρων λεγεσθαι μετατιθεμενης γαρ της ιερωσυνης εξ αναγκης και νομου μεταθεσις γινεται εφ ον γαρ λεγεται ταυτα φυλης ετερας μετεσχηκεν αφ ης ουδεις προσεσχηκεν τω θυσιαστηριω προδηλον γαρ οτι εξ ιουδα ανατεταλκεν ο κυριος ημων εις ην φυλην ουδεν περι ιερωσυνης μωσης ελαλησεν και περισσοτερον ετι καταδηλον εστιν ει κατα την ομοιοτητα μελχισεδεκ ανισταται ιερευς ετερος ος ου κατα νομον εντολης σαρκικης γεγονεν αλλα κατα δυναμιν ζωης ακαταλυτου μαρτυρει γαρ οτι συ ιερευς εις τον αιωνα κατα την ταξιν μελχισεδεκ αθετησις μεν γαρ γινεται προαγουσης εντολης δια το αυτης ασθενες και ανωφελες ουδεν γαρ ετελειωσεν ο νομος επεισαγωγη δε κρειττονος ελπιδος δι ης εγγιζομεν τω θεω και καθ οσον ου χωρις ορκωμοσιας οι μεν γαρ χωρις ορκωμοσιας εισιν ιερεις γεγονοτες ο δε μετα ορκωμοσιας δια του λεγοντος προς αυτον ωμοσεν κυριος και ου μεταμεληθησεται συ ιερευς εις τον αιωνα κατα την ταξιν μελχισεδεκ κατα τοσουτον κρειττονος διαθηκης γεγονεν εγγυος ιησους και οι μεν πλειονες εισιν γεγονοτες ιερεις δια το θανατω κωλυεσθαι παραμενειν ο δε δια το μενειν αυτον εις τον αιωνα απαραβατον εχει την ιερωσυνην οθεν και σωζειν εις το παντελες δυναται τους προσερχομενους δι αυτου τω θεω παντοτε ζων εις το εντυγχανειν υπερ αυτων τοιουτος γαρ ημιν επρεπεν αρχιερευς οσιος ακακος αμιαντος κεχωρισμενος απο των αμαρτωλων και υψηλοτερος των ουρανων γενομενος ος ουκ εχει καθ ημεραν αναγκην ωσπερ οι αρχιερεις προτερον υπερ των ιδιων αμαρτιων θυσιας αναφερειν επειτα των του λαου τουτο γαρ εποιησεν εφαπαξ εαυτον ανενεγκας ο νομος γαρ ανθρωπους καθιστησιν αρχιερεις εχοντας ασθενειαν ο λογος δε της ορκωμοσιας της μετα τον νομον υιον εις τον αιωνα τετελειωμενον

8

The New Covenant

Christ’s Eternal Priesthood

κεφαλαιον δε επι τοις λεγομενοις τοιουτον εχομεν αρχιερεα ος εκαθισεν εν δεξια του θρονου της μεγαλωσυνης εν τοις ουρανοις των αγιων λειτουργος και της σκηνης της αληθινης ην επηξεν ο κυριος και ουκ ανθρωπος πας γαρ αρχιερευς εις το προσφερειν δωρα τε και θυσιας καθισταται οθεν αναγκαιον εχειν τι και τουτον ο προσενεγκη ει μεν γαρ ην επι γης ουδ αν ην ιερευς οντων των ιερεων των προσφεροντων κατα τον νομον τα δωρα οιτινες υποδειγματι και σκια λατρευουσιν των επουρανιων καθως κεχρηματισται μωσης μελλων επιτελειν την σκηνην ορα γαρ φησιν ποιησης παντα κατα τον τυπον τον δειχθεντα σοι εν τω ορει

The Terms of the New Covenant

νυνι δε διαφορωτερας τετευχεν λειτουργιας οσω και κρειττονος εστιν διαθηκης μεσιτης ητις επι κρειττοσιν επαγγελιαις νενομοθετηται ει γαρ η πρωτη εκεινη ην αμεμπτος ουκ αν δευτερας εζητειτο τοπος μεμφομενος γαρ αυτοις λεγει ιδου ημεραι ερχονται λεγει κυριος και συντελεσω επι τον οικον ισραηλ και επι τον οικον ιουδα διαθηκην καινην ου κατα την διαθηκην ην εποιησα τοις πατρασιν αυτων εν ημερα επιλαβομενου μου της χειρος αυτων εξαγαγειν αυτους εκ γης αιγυπτου οτι αυτοι ουκ ενεμειναν εν τη διαθηκη μου καγω ημελησα αυτων λεγει κυριος οτι αυτη η διαθηκη ην διαθησομαι τω οικω ισραηλ μετα τας ημερας εκεινας λεγει κυριος διδους νομους μου εις την διανοιαν αυτων και επι καρδιας αυτων επιγραψω αυτους και εσομαι αυτοις εις θεον και αυτοι εσονται μοι εις λαον και ου μη διδαξωσιν εκαστος τον πλησιον αυτου και εκαστος τον αδελφον αυτου λεγων γνωθι τον κυριον οτι παντες ειδησουσιν με απο μικρου αυτων εως μεγαλου αυτων οτι ιλεως εσομαι ταις αδικιαις αυτων και των αμαρτιων αυτων και των ανομιων αυτων ου μη μνησθω ετι εν τω λεγειν καινην πεπαλαιωκεν την πρωτην το δε παλαιουμενον και γηρασκον εγγυς αφανισμου

9

The Earthly Tabernacle

ειχεν μεν ουν και η πρωτη {VAR1: σκηνη } δικαιωματα λατρειας το τε αγιον κοσμικον

σκηνη γαρ κατεσκευασθη η πρωτη εν η η τε λυχνια και η τραπεζα και η προθεσις των αρτων ητις λεγεται αγια μετα δε το δευτερον καταπετασμα σκηνη η λεγομενη αγια αγιων χρυσουν εχουσα θυμιατηριον και την κιβωτον της διαθηκης περικεκαλυμμενην παντοθεν χρυσιω εν η σταμνος χρυση εχουσα το μαννα και η ραβδος ααρων η βλαστησασα και αι πλακες της διαθηκης υπερανω δε αυτης χερουβιμ δοξης κατασκιαζοντα το ιλαστηριον περι ων ουκ εστιν νυν λεγειν κατα μερος τουτων δε ουτως κατεσκευασμενων εις μεν την πρωτην σκηνην διαπαντος εισιασιν οι ιερεις τας λατρειας επιτελουντες εις δε την δευτεραν απαξ του ενιαυτου μονος ο αρχιερευς ου χωρις αιματος ο προσφερει υπερ εαυτου και των του λαου αγνοηματων τουτο δηλουντος του πνευματος του αγιου μηπω πεφανερωσθαι την των αγιων οδον ετι της πρωτης σκηνης εχουσης στασιν ητις παραβολη εις τον καιρον τον ενεστηκοτα καθ ον δωρα τε και θυσιαι προσφερονται μη δυναμεναι κατα συνειδησιν τελειωσαι τον λατρευοντα μονον επι βρωμασιν και πομασιν και διαφοροις βαπτισμοις και δικαιωμασιν σαρκος μεχρι καιρου διορθωσεως επικειμενα

Redemption through His Blood

χριστος δε παραγενομενος αρχιερευς των μελλοντων αγαθων δια της μειζονος και τελειοτερας σκηνης ου χειροποιητου τουτ εστιν ου ταυτης της κτισεως ουδε δι αιματος τραγων και μοσχων δια δε του ιδιου αιματος εισηλθεν εφαπαξ εις τα αγια αιωνιαν λυτρωσιν ευραμενος ει γαρ το αιμα ταυρων και τραγων και σποδος δαμαλεως ραντιζουσα τους κεκοινωμενους αγιαζει προς την της σαρκος καθαροτητα ποσω μαλλον το αιμα του χριστου ος δια πνευματος αιωνιου εαυτον προσηνεγκεν αμωμον τω θεω καθαριει την συνειδησιν υμων απο νεκρων εργων εις το λατρευειν θεω ζωντι και δια τουτο διαθηκης καινης μεσιτης εστιν οπως θανατου γενομενου εις απολυτρωσιν των επι τη πρωτη διαθηκη παραβασεων την επαγγελιαν λαβωσιν οι κεκλημενοι της αιωνιου κληρονομιας οπου γαρ διαθηκη θανατον αναγκη φερεσθαι του διαθεμενου διαθηκη γαρ επι νεκροις βεβαια επει μηποτε ισχυει οτε ζη ο διαθεμενος οθεν ουδ η πρωτη χωρις αιματος εγκεκαινισται λαληθεισης γαρ πασης εντολης κατα νομον υπο μωυσεως παντι τω λαω λαβων το αιμα των μοσχων και τραγων μετα υδατος και εριου κοκκινου και υσσωπου αυτο τε το βιβλιον και παντα τον λαον ερραντισεν λεγων τουτο το αιμα της διαθηκης ης ενετειλατο προς υμας ο θεος και την σκηνην δε και παντα τα σκευη της λειτουργιας τω αιματι ομοιως ερραντισεν και σχεδον εν αιματι παντα καθαριζεται κατα τον νομον και χωρις αιματεκχυσιας ου γινεται αφεσις αναγκη ουν τα μεν υποδειγματα των εν τοις ουρανοις τουτοις καθαριζεσθαι αυτα δε τα επουρανια κρειττοσιν θυσιαις παρα ταυτας ου γαρ εις χειροποιητα αγια εισηλθεν ο χριστος αντιτυπα των αληθινων αλλ εις αυτον τον ουρανον νυν εμφανισθηναι τω προσωπω του θεου υπερ ημων ουδ ινα πολλακις προσφερη εαυτον ωσπερ ο αρχιερευς εισερχεται εις τα αγια κατ ενιαυτον εν αιματι αλλοτριω επει εδει αυτον πολλακις παθειν απο καταβολης κοσμου νυν δε απαξ επι συντελεια των αιωνων εις αθετησιν αμαρτιας δια της θυσιας αυτου πεφανερωται και καθ οσον αποκειται τοις ανθρωποις απαξ αποθανειν μετα δε τουτο κρισις ουτως ο χριστος απαξ προσενεχθεις εις το πολλων ανενεγκειν αμαρτιας εκ δευτερου χωρις αμαρτιας οφθησεται τοις αυτον απεκδεχομενοις εις σωτηριαν

10

The Perfect Sacrifice

Christ’s Perfect Sacrifice

σκιαν γαρ εχων ο νομος των μελλοντων αγαθων ουκ αυτην την εικονα των πραγματων κατ ενιαυτον ταις αυταις θυσιαις ας προσφερουσιν εις το διηνεκες ουδεποτε δυναται τους προσερχομενους τελειωσαι επει ουκ αν επαυσαντο προσφερομεναι δια το μηδεμιαν εχειν ετι συνειδησιν αμαρτιων τους λατρευοντας απαξ κεκαθαρμενους αλλ εν αυταις αναμνησις αμαρτιων κατ ενιαυτον αδυνατον γαρ αιμα ταυρων και τραγων αφαιρειν αμαρτιας διο εισερχομενος εις τον κοσμον λεγει θυσιαν και προσφοραν ουκ ηθελησας σωμα δε κατηρτισω μοι ολοκαυτωματα και περι αμαρτιας ουκ ευδοκησας τοτε ειπον ιδου ηκω εν κεφαλιδι βιβλιου γεγραπται περι εμου του ποιησαι ο θεος το θελημα σου ανωτερον λεγων οτι θυσιαν και προσφοραν και ολοκαυτωματα και περι αμαρτιας ουκ ηθελησας ουδε ευδοκησας αιτινες κατα τον νομον προσφερονται τοτε ειρηκεν ιδου ηκω του ποιησαι ο θεος το θελημα σου αναιρει το πρωτον ινα το δευτερον στηση εν ω θεληματι ηγιασμενοι εσμεν {VAR1: οι } δια της προσφορας του σωματος του ιησου χριστου εφαπαξ και πας μεν ιερευς εστηκεν καθ ημεραν λειτουργων και τας αυτας πολλακις προσφερων θυσιας αιτινες ουδεποτε δυνανται περιελειν αμαρτιας αυτος δε μιαν υπερ αμαρτιων προσενεγκας θυσιαν εις το διηνεκες εκαθισεν εν δεξια του θεου το λοιπον εκδεχομενος εως τεθωσιν οι εχθροι αυτου υποποδιον των ποδων αυτου μια γαρ προσφορα τετελειωκεν εις το διηνεκες τους αγιαζομενους μαρτυρει δε ημιν και το πνευμα το αγιον μετα γαρ το προειρηκεναι αυτη η διαθηκη ην διαθησομαι προς αυτους μετα τας ημερας εκεινας λεγει κυριος διδους νομους μου επι καρδιας αυτων και επι των διανοιων αυτων επιγραψω αυτους και των αμαρτιων αυτων και των ανομιων αυτων ου μη μνησθω ετι οπου δε αφεσις τουτων ουκετι προσφορα περι αμαρτιας

A Call to Persevere

εχοντες ουν αδελφοι παρρησιαν εις την εισοδον των αγιων εν τω αιματι ιησου ην ενεκαινισεν ημιν οδον προσφατον και ζωσαν δια του καταπετασματος τουτ εστιν της σαρκος αυτου και ιερεα μεγαν επι τον οικον του θεου προσερχωμεθα μετα αληθινης καρδιας εν πληροφορια πιστεως ερραντισμενοι τας καρδιας απο συνειδησεως πονηρας και λελουμενοι το σωμα υδατι καθαρω κατεχωμεν την ομολογιαν της ελπιδος ακλινη πιστος γαρ ο επαγγειλαμενος και κατανοωμεν αλληλους εις παροξυσμον αγαπης και καλων εργων μη εγκαταλειποντες την επισυναγωγην εαυτων καθως εθος τισιν αλλα παρακαλουντες και τοσουτω μαλλον οσω βλεπετε εγγιζουσαν την ημεραν εκουσιως γαρ αμαρτανοντων ημων μετα το λαβειν την επιγνωσιν της αληθειας ουκετι περι αμαρτιων απολειπεται θυσια φοβερα δε τις εκδοχη κρισεως και πυρος ζηλος εσθιειν μελλοντος τους υπεναντιους αθετησας τις νομον μωσεως χωρις οικτιρμων επι δυσιν η τρισιν μαρτυσιν αποθνησκει ποσω δοκειτε χειρονος αξιωθησεται τιμωριας ο τον υιον του θεου καταπατησας και το αιμα της διαθηκης κοινον ηγησαμενος εν ω ηγιασθη και το πνευμα της χαριτος ενυβρισας οιδαμεν γαρ τον ειποντα εμοι εκδικησις εγω ανταποδωσω λεγει κυριος και παλιν κυριος κρινει τον λαον αυτου φοβερον το εμπεσειν εις χειρας θεου ζωντος αναμιμνησκεσθε δε τας προτερον ημερας εν αις φωτισθεντες πολλην αθλησιν υπεμεινατε παθηματων τουτο μεν ονειδισμοις τε και θλιψεσιν θεατριζομενοι τουτο δε κοινωνοι των ουτως αναστρεφομενων γενηθεντες και γαρ τοις δεσμοις μου συνεπαθησατε και την αρπαγην των υπαρχοντων υμων μετα χαρας προσεδεξασθε γινωσκοντες εχειν εν εαυτοις κρειττονα υπαρξιν εν ουρανοις και μενουσαν μη αποβαλητε ουν την παρρησιαν υμων ητις εχει μισθαποδοσιαν μεγαλην υπομονης γαρ εχετε χρειαν ινα το θελημα του θεου ποιησαντες κομισησθε την επαγγελιαν ετι γαρ μικρον οσον οσον ο ερχομενος ηξει και ου χρονιει ο δε δικαιος εκ πιστεως ζησεται και εαν υποστειληται ουκ ευδοκει η ψυχη μου εν αυτω ημεις δε ουκ εσμεν υποστολης εις απωλειαν αλλα πιστεως εις περιποιησιν ψυχης

11

Follow Great Models of Faith

Faith and Assurance

εστιν δε πιστις ελπιζομενων υποστασις πραγματων ελεγχος ου βλεπομενων εν ταυτη γαρ εμαρτυρηθησαν οι πρεσβυτεροι πιστει νοουμεν κατηρτισθαι τους αιωνας ρηματι θεου εις το μη εκ φαινομενων τα βλεπομενα γεγονεναι

The Greatest Men and Women of Faith

πιστει πλειονα θυσιαν αβελ παρα καιν προσηνεγκεν τω θεω δι ης εμαρτυρηθη ειναι δικαιος μαρτυρουντος επι τοις δωροις αυτου του θεου και δι αυτης αποθανων ετι {VAR1: λαλειται } {VAR2: λαλει } πιστει ενωχ μετετεθη του μη ιδειν θανατον και ουχ ευρισκετο διοτι μετεθηκεν αυτον ο θεος προ γαρ της μεταθεσεως αυτου μεμαρτυρηται ευηρεστηκεναι τω θεω χωρις δε πιστεως αδυνατον ευαρεστησαι πιστευσαι γαρ δει τον προσερχομενον τω θεω οτι εστιν και τοις εκζητουσιν αυτον μισθαποδοτης γινεται πιστει χρηματισθεις νωε περι των μηδεπω βλεπομενων ευλαβηθεις κατεσκευασεν κιβωτον εις σωτηριαν του οικου αυτου δι ης κατεκρινεν τον κοσμον και της κατα πιστιν δικαιοσυνης εγενετο κληρονομος

Abraham and Sarah

πιστει καλουμενος αβρααμ υπηκουσεν εξελθειν εις τον τοπον ον ημελλεν λαμβανειν εις κληρονομιαν και εξηλθεν μη επισταμενος που ερχεται πιστει παρωκησεν εις την γην της επαγγελιας ως αλλοτριαν εν σκηναις κατοικησας μετα ισαακ και ιακωβ των συγκληρονομων της επαγγελιας της αυτης εξεδεχετο γαρ την τους θεμελιους εχουσαν πολιν ης τεχνιτης και δημιουργος ο θεος πιστει και αυτη σαρρα δυναμιν εις καταβολην σπερματος ελαβεν και παρα καιρον ηλικιας ετεκεν επει πιστον ηγησατο τον επαγγειλαμενον διο και αφ ενος εγεννηθησαν και ταυτα νενεκρωμενου καθως τα αστρα του ουρανου τω πληθει και ωσει αμμος η παρα το χειλος της θαλασσης η αναριθμητος κατα πιστιν απεθανον ουτοι παντες μη λαβοντες τας επαγγελιας αλλα πορρωθεν αυτας ιδοντες και πεισθεντες και ασπασαμενοι και ομολογησαντες οτι ξενοι και παρεπιδημοι εισιν επι της γης οι γαρ τοιαυτα λεγοντες εμφανιζουσιν οτι πατριδα επιζητουσιν και ει μεν εκεινης εμνημονευον αφ ης εξηλθον ειχον αν καιρον ανακαμψαι νυνι δε κρειττονος ορεγονται τουτ εστιν επουρανιου διο ουκ επαισχυνεται αυτους ο θεος θεος επικαλεισθαι αυτων ητοιμασεν γαρ αυτοις πολιν πιστει προσενηνοχεν αβρααμ τον ισαακ πειραζομενος και τον μονογενη προσεφερεν ο τας επαγγελιας αναδεξαμενος προς ον ελαληθη οτι εν ισαακ κληθησεται σοι σπερμα λογισαμενος οτι και εκ νεκρων εγειρειν δυνατος ο θεος οθεν αυτον και εν παραβολη εκομισατο

Isaac, Jacob, and Joseph

πιστει περι μελλοντων ευλογησεν ισαακ τον ιακωβ και τον ησαυ πιστει ιακωβ αποθνησκων εκαστον των υιων ιωσηφ ευλογησεν και προσεκυνησεν επι το ακρον της ραβδου αυτου πιστει ιωσηφ τελευτων περι της εξοδου των υιων ισραηλ εμνημονευσεν και περι των οστεων αυτου ενετειλατο

Moses

πιστει μωσης γεννηθεις εκρυβη τριμηνον υπο των πατερων αυτου διοτι ειδον αστειον το παιδιον και ουκ εφοβηθησαν το διαταγμα του βασιλεως πιστει μωσης μεγας γενομενος ηρνησατο λεγεσθαι υιος θυγατρος φαραω μαλλον ελομενος συγκακουχεισθαι τω λαω του θεου η προσκαιρον εχειν αμαρτιας απολαυσιν μειζονα πλουτον ηγησαμενος των εν αιγυπτω θησαυρων τον ονειδισμον του χριστου απεβλεπεν γαρ εις την μισθαποδοσιαν πιστει κατελιπεν αιγυπτον μη φοβηθεις τον θυμον του βασιλεως τον γαρ αορατον ως ορων εκαρτερησεν πιστει πεποιηκεν το πασχα και την προσχυσιν του αιματος ινα μη ο ολοθρευων τα πρωτοτοκα θιγη αυτων πιστει διεβησαν την ερυθραν θαλασσαν ως δια ξηρας ης πειραν λαβοντες οι αιγυπτιοι κατεποθησαν

Many Others

πιστει τα τειχη ιεριχω επεσεν κυκλωθεντα επι επτα ημερας πιστει ρααβ η πορνη ου συναπωλετο τοις απειθησασιν δεξαμενη τους κατασκοπους μετ ειρηνης και τι ετι λεγω επιλειψει γαρ με διηγουμενον ο χρονος περι γεδεων βαρακ τε και σαμψων και ιεφθαε δαβιδ τε και σαμουηλ και των προφητων οι δια πιστεως κατηγωνισαντο βασιλειας ειργασαντο δικαιοσυνην επετυχον επαγγελιων εφραξαν στοματα λεοντων εσβεσαν δυναμιν πυρος εφυγον στοματα μαχαιρας ενεδυναμωθησαν απο ασθενειας εγενηθησαν ισχυροι εν πολεμω παρεμβολας εκλιναν αλλοτριων ελαβον γυναικες εξ αναστασεως τους νεκρους αυτων αλλοι δε ετυμπανισθησαν ου προσδεξαμενοι την απολυτρωσιν ινα κρειττονος αναστασεως τυχωσιν ετεροι δε εμπαιγμων και μαστιγων πειραν ελαβον ετι δε δεσμων και φυλακης ελιθασθησαν επρισθησαν επειρασθησαν εν φονω μαχαιρας απεθανον περιηλθον εν μηλωταις εν αιγειοις δερμασιν υστερουμενοι θλιβομενοι κακουχουμενοι ων ουκ ην αξιος ο κοσμος εν ερημιαις πλανωμενοι και ορεσιν και σπηλαιοις και ταις οπαις της γης και ουτοι παντες μαρτυρηθεντες δια της πιστεως ουκ εκομισαντο την επαγγελιαν του θεου περι ημων κρειττον τι προβλεψαμενου ινα μη χωρις ημων τελειωθωσιν

12

The Practice of Faith

A Call to Endurance

τοιγαρουν και ημεις τοσουτον εχοντες περικειμενον ημιν νεφος μαρτυρων ογκον αποθεμενοι παντα και την ευπεριστατον αμαρτιαν δι υπομονης τρεχωμεν τον προκειμενον ημιν αγωνα αφορωντες εις τον της πιστεως αρχηγον και τελειωτην ιησουν ος αντι της προκειμενης αυτω χαρας υπεμεινεν σταυρον αισχυνης καταφρονησας εν δεξια τε του θρονου του θεου εκαθισεν αναλογισασθε γαρ τον τοιαυτην υπομεμενηκοτα υπο των αμαρτωλων εις αυτον αντιλογιαν ινα μη καμητε ταις ψυχαις υμων εκλυομενοι

God Disciplines His Sons

ουπω μεχρις αιματος αντικατεστητε προς την αμαρτιαν ανταγωνιζομενοι και εκλελησθε της παρακλησεως ητις υμιν ως υιοις διαλεγεται υιε μου μη ολιγωρει παιδειας κυριου μηδε εκλυου υπ αυτου ελεγχομενος ον γαρ αγαπα κυριος παιδευει μαστιγοι δε παντα υιον ον παραδεχεται ει παιδειαν υπομενετε ως υιοις υμιν προσφερεται ο θεος τις γαρ εστιν υιος ον ου παιδευει πατηρ ει δε χωρις εστε παιδειας ης μετοχοι γεγονασιν παντες αρα νοθοι εστε και ουχ υιοι ειτα τους μεν της σαρκος ημων πατερας ειχομεν παιδευτας και ενετρεπομεθα ου πολλω μαλλον υποταγησομεθα τω πατρι των πνευματων και ζησομεν οι μεν γαρ προς ολιγας ημερας κατα το δοκουν αυτοις επαιδευον ο δε επι το συμφερον εις το μεταλαβειν της αγιοτητος αυτου πασα δε παιδεια προς μεν το παρον ου δοκει χαρας ειναι αλλα λυπης υστερον δε καρπον ειρηνικον τοις δι αυτης γεγυμνασμενοις αποδιδωσιν δικαιοσυνης διο τας παρειμενας χειρας και τα παραλελυμενα γονατα ανορθωσατε και τροχιας ορθας ποιησατε τοις ποσιν υμων ινα μη το χωλον εκτραπη ιαθη δε μαλλον

A Call to Holiness

ειρηνην διωκετε μετα παντων και τον αγιασμον ου χωρις ουδεις οψεται τον κυριον επισκοπουντες μη τις υστερων απο της χαριτος του θεου μη τις ριζα πικριας ανω φυουσα ενοχλη και δια ταυτης μιανθωσιν πολλοι μη τις πορνος η βεβηλος ως ησαυ ος αντι βρωσεως μιας απεδοτο τα πρωτοτοκια αυτου ιστε γαρ οτι και μετεπειτα θελων κληρονομησαι την ευλογιαν απεδοκιμασθη μετανοιας γαρ τοπον ουχ ευρεν καιπερ μετα δακρυων εκζητησας αυτην

An Unshakable Kingdom

ου γαρ προσεληλυθατε ψηλαφωμενω ορει και κεκαυμενω πυρι και γνοφω και σκοτω και θυελλη και σαλπιγγος ηχω και φωνη ρηματων ης οι ακουσαντες παρητησαντο μη προστεθηναι αυτοις λογον ουκ εφερον γαρ το διαστελλομενον καν θηριον θιγη του ορους λιθοβοληθησεται η βολιδι κατατοξευθησεται και ουτως φοβερον ην το φανταζομενον μωσης ειπεν εκφοβος ειμι και εντρομος αλλα προσεληλυθατε σιων ορει και πολει θεου ζωντος ιερουσαλημ επουρανιω και μυριασιν αγγελων πανηγυρει και εκκλησια πρωτοτοκων εν ουρανοις απογεγραμμενων και κριτη θεω παντων και πνευμασιν δικαιων τετελειωμενων και διαθηκης νεας μεσιτη ιησου και αιματι ραντισμου κρειττονα λαλουντι παρα {VAR1: τον } {VAR2: το } αβελ βλεπετε μη παραιτησησθε τον λαλουντα ει γαρ εκεινοι ουκ εφυγον τον επι της γης παραιτησαμενοι χρηματιζοντα πολλω μαλλον ημεις οι τον απ ουρανων αποστρεφομενοι ου η φωνη την γην εσαλευσεν τοτε νυν δε επηγγελται λεγων ετι απαξ εγω σειω ου μονον την γην αλλα και τον ουρανον το δε ετι απαξ δηλοι των σαλευομενων την μεταθεσιν ως πεποιημενων ινα μεινη τα μη σαλευομενα διο βασιλειαν ασαλευτον παραλαμβανοντες εχωμεν χαριν δι ης λατρευωμεν ευαρεστως τω θεω μετα αιδους και ευλαβειας και γαρ ο θεος ημων πυρ καταναλισκον

13

Brotherly Love

η φιλαδελφια μενετω

της φιλοξενιας μη επιλανθανεσθε δια ταυτης γαρ ελαθον τινες ξενισαντες αγγελους μιμνησκεσθε των δεσμιων ως συνδεδεμενοι των κακουχουμενων ως και αυτοι οντες εν σωματι τιμιος ο γαμος εν πασιν και η κοιτη αμιαντος πορνους δε και μοιχους κρινει ο θεος

Christ’s Unchanging Nature

αφιλαργυρος ο τροπος αρκουμενοι τοις παρουσιν αυτος γαρ ειρηκεν ου μη σε ανω ουδ ου μη σε εγκαταλιπω ωστε θαρρουντας ημας λεγειν κυριος εμοι βοηθος και ου φοβηθησομαι τι ποιησει μοι ανθρωπος μνημονευετε των ηγουμενων υμων οιτινες ελαλησαν υμιν τον λογον του θεου ων αναθεωρουντες την εκβασιν της αναστροφης μιμεισθε την πιστιν ιησους χριστος χθες και σημερον ο αυτος και εις τους αιωνας διδαχαις ποικιλαις και ξεναις μη περιφερεσθε καλον γαρ χαριτι βεβαιουσθαι την καρδιαν ου βρωμασιν εν οις ουκ ωφεληθησαν οι περιπατησαντες εχομεν θυσιαστηριον εξ ου φαγειν ουκ εχουσιν εξουσιαν οι τη σκηνη λατρευοντες ων γαρ εισφερεται ζωων το αιμα περι αμαρτιας εις τα αγια δια του αρχιερεως τουτων τα σωματα κατακαιεται εξω της παρεμβολης διο και ιησους ινα αγιαση δια του ιδιου αιματος τον λαον εξω της πυλης επαθεν τοινυν εξερχωμεθα προς αυτον εξω της παρεμβολης τον ονειδισμον αυτου φεροντες ου γαρ εχομεν ωδε μενουσαν πολιν αλλα την μελλουσαν επιζητουμεν

Sacrifice, Obedience, and Prayer

δι αυτου ουν αναφερωμεν θυσιαν αινεσεως διαπαντος τω θεω τουτ εστιν καρπον χειλεων ομολογουντων τω ονοματι αυτου της δε ευποιιας και κοινωνιας μη επιλανθανεσθε τοιαυταις γαρ θυσιαις ευαρεστειται ο θεος πειθεσθε τοις ηγουμενοις υμων και υπεικετε αυτοι γαρ αγρυπνουσιν υπερ των ψυχων υμων ως λογον αποδωσοντες ινα μετα χαρας τουτο ποιωσιν και μη στεναζοντες αλυσιτελες γαρ υμιν τουτο προσευχεσθε περι ημων πεποιθαμεν γαρ οτι καλην συνειδησιν εχομεν εν πασιν καλως θελοντες αναστρεφεσθαι περισσοτερως δε παρακαλω τουτο ποιησαι ινα ταχιον αποκατασταθω υμιν

Benediction and Farewell

ο δε θεος της ειρηνης ο αναγαγων εκ νεκρων τον ποιμενα των προβατων τον μεγαν εν αιματι διαθηκης αιωνιου τον κυριον ημων ιησουν καταρτισαι υμας εν παντι εργω αγαθω εις το ποιησαι το θελημα αυτου ποιων εν υμιν το ευαρεστον ενωπιον αυτου δια ιησου χριστου ω η δοξα εις τους αιωνας των αιωνων αμην παρακαλω δε υμας αδελφοι ανεχεσθε του λογου της παρακλησεως και γαρ δια βραχεων επεστειλα υμιν γινωσκετε τον αδελφον τιμοθεον απολελυμενον μεθ ου εαν ταχιον ερχηται οψομαι υμας ασπασασθε παντας τους ηγουμενους υμων και παντας τους αγιους ασπαζονται υμας οι απο της ιταλιας η χαρις μετα παντων υμων αμην [προς εβραιους εγραφη απο της ιταλιας δια τιμοθεου]

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G5399Φοβηθῶμενphobēthōmen (V-ASP-1P) G5399 φοβέω phobéō fob-eh-o from φόβος; to frighten, i.e. (passively) to be alarmed; by analogy, to be in awe of, i.e. revere:--be (+ sore) afraid, fear (exceedingly), reverence.	Φοβηθῶμενphobēthōmen	We should fear	V-ASP-1P
G3767οὖνoun (Conj) G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,	οὖνoun	therefore,	Conj
G3361μή‿mē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,	μή‿mē	lest	Adv
G4219ποτεpote (Conj) G4219 πότε póte pot-eh from the base of ποῦ and τέ; interrogative adverb, at what time:--+ how long, when.	ποτεpote	ever	Conj
G2641καταλειπομένηςkataleipomenēs (V-PPM/P-GFS) G2641 καταλείπω kataleípō kat-al-i-po from κατά and λείπω; to leave down, i.e. behind; by implication, to abandon, have remaining:--forsake, leave, reserve.	καταλειπομένηςkataleipomenēs	left remaining,	V-PPM/P-GFS
G1860ἐπαγγελίαςepangelias (N-GFS) G1860 ἐπαγγελία epangelía ep-ang-el-ee-ah from ἐπαγγέλλω; an announcement (for information, assent or pledge; especially a divine assurance of good):--message, promise.	ἐπαγγελίαςepangelias	of the promise	N-GFS
G1525εἰσελθεῖνeiselthein (V-ANA) G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).	εἰσελθεῖνeiselthein	to enter	V-ANA
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).	εἰςeis	into	Prep
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὴνtēn	the	Art-AFS
G2663κατάπαυσινkatapausin (N-AFS) G2663 κατάπαυσις katápausis kat-ap-ow-sis from καταπαύω; reposing down, i.e. (by Hebraism) abode:--rest.	κατάπαυσινkatapausin	rest	N-AFS
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτοῦautou	of Him,	PPro-GM3S
G1380δοκῇdokē (V-PSA-3S) G1380 δοκέω dokéō dok-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, (used only in an alternate in certain tenses; compare the base of δεικνύω) of the same meaning; to think; by implication, to seem (truthfully or uncertainly):--be accounted, (of own) please(-ure), be of reputation, seem (good), suppose, think, trow.	δοκῇdokē	should seem	V-PSA-3S
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,	τιςtis	any	IPro-NMS
G1537ἐξex (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.	ἐξex	of	Prep
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,	ὑμῶνhymōn	you	PPro-G2P
G5302ὑστερηκέναι.hysterēkenai (V-RNA) G5302 ὑστερέω hysteréō hoos-ter-eh-o from ὕστερος; to be later, i.e. (by implication) to be inferior; generally, to fall short (be deficient):--come behind (short), be destitute, fail, lack, suffer need, (be in) want, be the worse.	ὑστερηκέναι.hysterēkenai	to have fallen short.	V-RNA

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G1525ΕἰσερχόμεθαEiserchometha (V-PIM/P-1P) G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).	ΕἰσερχόμεθαEiserchometha	We enter	V-PIM/P-1P
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.	γὰρgar	for	Conj
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).	εἰςeis	into	Prep
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὴνtēn	the	Art-AFS
G2663κατάπαυσινkatapausin (N-AFS) G2663 κατάπαυσις katápausis kat-ap-ow-sis from καταπαύω; reposing down, i.e. (by Hebraism) abode:--rest.	κατάπαυσινkatapausin	rest,	N-AFS
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	οἱhoi	those	Art-NMP
G4100πιστεύσαντες,pisteusantes (V-APA-NMP) G4100 πιστεύω pisteúō pist-yoo-o from πίστις; to have faith (in, upon, or with respect to, a person or thing), i.e. credit; by implication, to entrust (especially ones spiritual well-being to Christ):--believe(-r), commit (to trust), put in trust with.	πιστεύσαντες,pisteusantes	having believed;	V-APA-NMP
G2531καθὼςkathōs (Adv) G2531 καθώς kathṓs kath-oce from κατά and ὡς; just (or inasmuch) as, that:--according to, (according, even) as, how, when.	καθὼςkathōs	as	Adv
G2046εἴρηκενeirēken (V-RIA-3S) G2046 ἐρέω eréō er-eh-o probably a fuller form of ῥέω; an alternate for ἔπω in certain tenses; to utter, i.e. speak or say:--call, say, speak (of), tell.	εἴρηκενeirēken	He has said:	V-RIA-3S
G5613ὩςHōs (Adv) G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.	ὩςHōs	So	Adv
G3660ὤμοσαōmosa (V-AIA-1S) G3660 ὀμνύω omnýō om-o-o a prolonged form of a primary, but obsolete , for which another prolonged form is used in certain tenses; to swear, i.e. take (or declare on) oath:--swear.	ὤμοσαōmosa	I swore	V-AIA-1S
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	in	Prep
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῇtē	the	Art-DFS
G3709ὀργῇorgē (N-DFS) G3709 ὀργή orgḗ or-gay from ὀρέγομαι; properly, desire (as a reaching forth or excitement of the mind), i.e. (by analogy), violent passion (ire, or (justifiable) abhorrence); by implication punishment:--anger, indignation, vengeance, wrath.	ὀργῇorgē	wrath	N-DFS
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,	μουmou	of me,	PPro-G1S
G1487ΕἰEi (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.	ΕἰEi	Not	Conj
G1525εἰσελεύσονταιeiseleusontai (V-FIM-3P) G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).	εἰσελεύσονταιeiseleusontai	shall they enter	V-FIM-3P
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).	εἰςeis	into	Prep
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὴνtēn	the	Art-AFS
G2663κατάπαυσίνkatapausin (N-AFS) G2663 κατάπαυσις katápausis kat-ap-ow-sis from καταπαύω; reposing down, i.e. (by Hebraism) abode:--rest.	κατάπαυσίνkatapausin	rest	N-AFS
G1473μου,mou (PPro-G1S) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,	μου,mou	of Me.’”	PPro-G1S
G2543Καίτοιkaitoi (Conj) G2543 καίτοι kaítoi kah-ee-toy from καί and τοί; and yet, i.e. nevertheless:--although.,	Καίτοιkaitoi	And yet	Conj
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῶνtōn	the	Art-GNP
G2041ἔργωνergōn (N-GNP) G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.	ἔργωνergōn	works	N-GNP
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep) G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off	ἀπὸapo	from	Prep
G2602καταβολῆςkatabolēs (N-GFS) G2602 καταβολή katabolḗ kat-ab-ol-ay from καταβάλλω; a deposition, i.e. founding; figuratively, conception:--conceive, foundation.	καταβολῆςkatabolēs	the foundation	N-GFS
G2889κόσμουkosmou (N-GMS) G2889 κόσμος kósmos kos-mos probably from the base of κομίζω; orderly arrangement, i.e. decoration; by implication, the world (in a wide or narrow sense, including its inhabitants, literally or figuratively (morally)):--adorning, world.	κόσμουkosmou	of the world	N-GMS
G1096γενηθέντων.genēthentōn (V-APP-GNP) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.	γενηθέντων.genēthentōn	have been finished.	V-APP-GNP

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G2046εἴρηκενeirēken (V-RIA-3S) G2046 ἐρέω eréō er-eh-o probably a fuller form of ῥέω; an alternate for ἔπω in certain tenses; to utter, i.e. speak or say:--call, say, speak (of), tell.	εἴρηκενeirēken	He has spoken	V-RIA-3S
G1063γάρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.	γάρgar	for	Conj
G4225πουpou (Adv) G4225 πού poú poo genitive case of an indefinite pronoun (some) otherwise obsolete (compare πόσος); as adverb of place, somewhere, i.e. nearly:--about, a certain place.	πουpou	somewhere	Adv
G4012περὶperi (Prep) G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).	περὶperi	concerning	Prep
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῆςtēs	the	Art-GFS
G1442ἑβδόμηςhebdomēs (Adj-GFS) G1442 ἕβδομος hébdomos heb-dom-os ordinal from ἑπτά; seventh:--seventh.	ἑβδόμηςhebdomēs	seventh day	Adj-GFS
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv) G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.	οὕτωςhoutōs	in this way,	Adv
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	ΚαὶKai	And	Conj
G2664κατέπαυσενkatepausen (V-AIA-3S) G2664 καταπαύω katapaúō kat-ap-ow-o from κατά and παύω; to settle down, i.e. (literally) to colonize, or (figuratively) to (cause to) desist:--cease, (give) rest(-rain).	κατέπαυσενkatepausen	rested	V-AIA-3S
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	ΘεὸςTheos	God	N-NMS
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	on	Prep
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῇtē	the	Art-DFS
G2250ἡμέρᾳhēmera (N-DFS) G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.	ἡμέρᾳhēmera	day	N-DFS
G1442ἑβδόμῃhebdomē (Adj-DFS) G1442 ἕβδομος hébdomos heb-dom-os ordinal from ἑπτά; seventh:--seventh.	ἑβδόμῃhebdomē	seventh	Adj-DFS
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep) G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off	ἀπὸapo	from	Prep
G3956πάντωνpantōn (Adj-GNP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.	πάντωνpantōn	all	Adj-GNP
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῶνtōn	the	Art-GNP
G2041ἔργωνergōn (N-GNP) G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.	ἔργωνergōn	works	N-GNP
G846αὐτοῦ·autou (PPro-GM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτοῦ·autou	of Him.”	PPro-GM3S

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G686ἄραara (Conj) G686 ἄρα ára ar-ah probably from αἴρω (through the idea of drawing a conclusion); a particle denoting an inference more or less decisive (as follows):--haply, (what) manner (of man), no doubt, perhaps, so be, then, therefore, truly, wherefore. Often used in connection with other particles, especially γέ or οὖν (after) or εἰ (before). Compare also ἆρα.,	ἄραara	So then	Conj
G620ἀπολείπεταιapoleipetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G620 ἀπολείπω apoleípō ap-ol-ipe-o from ἀπό and λείπω; to leave behind (passively, remain); by implication, to forsake:--leave, remain.	ἀπολείπεταιapoleipetai	there remains	V-PIM/P-3S
G4520σαββατισμὸςsabbatismos (N-NMS) G4520 σαββατισμός sabbatismós sab-bat-is-mos from a derivative of σάββατον; a sabbatism, i.e. (figuratively) the repose of Christianity (as a type of heaven):--rest.	σαββατισμὸςsabbatismos	a Sabbath rest	N-NMS
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῷtō	for the	Art-DMS
G2992λαῷlaō (N-DMS) G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.	λαῷlaō	people	N-DMS
G2316Θεοῦ.Theou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	Θεοῦ.Theou	of God.	N-GMS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G4704ΣπουδάσωμενSpoudasōmen (V-ASA-1P) G4704 σπουδάζω spoudázō spoo-dad-zo from σπουδή; to use speed, i.e. to make effort, be prompt or earnest:--do (give) diligence, be diligent (forward), endeavour, labour, study.	ΣπουδάσωμενSpoudasōmen	We should be diligent	V-ASA-1P
G3767οὖνoun (Conj) G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,	οὖνoun	therefore	Conj
G1525εἰσελθεῖνeiselthein (V-ANA) G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).	εἰσελθεῖνeiselthein	to enter	V-ANA
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).	εἰςeis	into	Prep
G1565ἐκείνηνekeinēn (DPro-AFS) G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,	ἐκείνηνekeinēn	that	DPro-AFS
G2663κατάπαυσιν,katapausin (N-AFS) G2663 κατάπαυσις katápausis kat-ap-ow-sis from καταπαύω; reposing down, i.e. (by Hebraism) abode:--rest.	κατάπαυσιν,katapausin	rest,	N-AFS
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.	ἵναhina	so that	Conj
G3361μὴmē (Adv) G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,	μὴmē	not	Adv
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	by	Prep
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῷtō	the	Art-DNS
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DN3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτῷautō	same	PPro-DN3S
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS) G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,	τιςtis	anyone	IPro-NMS
G5262ὑποδείγματιhypodeigmati (N-DNS) G5262 ὑπόδειγμα hypódeigma hoop-od-igue-mah from ὑποδείκνυμι; an exhibit for imitation or warning (figuratively, specimen, adumbration):--en-(ex-)ample, pattern.	ὑποδείγματιhypodeigmati	example	N-DNS
G4098πέσῃpesē (V-ASA-3S) G4098 πίπτω píptō pet-o probably akin to πέτομαι through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively):--fail, fall (down), light on.	πέσῃpesē	should fall	V-ASA-3S
G543ἀπειθείας.apeitheias (N-GFS) G543 ἀπείθεια apeítheia ap-i-thi-ah from ἀπειθής; disbelief (obstinate and rebellious):--disobedience, unbelief.	ἀπειθείας.apeitheias	of disobedience.	N-GFS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G2198ΖῶνZōn (V-PPA-NMS) G2198 ζάω záō dzah-o a primary verb; to live (literally or figuratively):--life(-time), (a-)live(-ly), quick.	ΖῶνZōn	Living is	V-PPA-NMS
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.	γὰρgar	for	Conj
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	ὁho	the	Art-NMS
G3056λόγοςlogos (N-NMS) G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.	λόγοςlogos	word	N-NMS
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	ΘεοῦTheou	of God,	N-GMS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G1756ἐνεργὴςenergēs (Adj-NMS) G1756 ἐνεργής energḗs en-er-gace from ἐν and ἔργον; active, operative:--effectual, powerful.	ἐνεργὴςenergēs	active,	Adj-NMS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G5114τομώτεροςtomōteros (Adj-NMS-C) G5114 τομώτερος tomṓteros tom-o-ter-os comparative of a derivative of the primary (to cut; more comprehensive or decisive than κόπτω, as if by a single stroke; whereas that implies repeated blows, like hacking); more keen:--sharper.	τομώτεροςtomōteros	sharper	Adj-NMS-C
G5228ὑπὲρhyper (Prep) G5228 ὑπέρ hypér hoop-er a primary preposition; over, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place, above, beyond, across, or causal, for the sake of, instead, regarding; with the accusative case superior to, more than:--(+ exceeding, abundantly) above, in (on) behalf of, beyond, by, + very chiefest, concerning, exceeding (above, -ly), for, + very highly, more (than), of, over, on the part of, for sake of, in stead, than, to(-ward), very. In the comparative, it retains many of the above applications.	ὑπὲρhyper	than	Prep
G3956πᾶσανpasan (Adj-AFS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.	πᾶσανpasan	any	Adj-AFS
G3162μάχαιρανmachairan (N-AFS) G3162 μάχαιρα máchaira makh-ahee-rah probably feminine of a presumed derivative of μάχη; a knife, i.e. dirk; figuratively, war, judicial punishment:--sword.	μάχαιρανmachairan	sword	N-AFS
G1366δίστομονdistomon (Adj-AFS) G1366 δίστομος dístomos dis-tom-os from δίς and στόμα; double-edged:--with two edges, two-edged.	δίστομονdistomon	two-edged,	Adj-AFS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	even	Conj
G1338διϊκνούμενοςdiiknoumenos (V-PPM/P-NMS) G1338 διϊκνέομαι diïknéomai dee-ik-neh-om-ahee from διά and the base of ἱκανός; to reach through, i.e. penetrate:--pierce.	διϊκνούμενοςdiiknoumenos	penetrating	V-PPM/P-NMS
G891ἄχριachri (Prep) G891 ἄχρι áchri akh-rece akin to ἄκρον (through the idea of a terminus); (of time) until or (of place) up to:--as far as, for, in(-to), till, (even, un-)to, until, while. Compare μέχρι.,	ἄχριachri	as far as	Prep
G3311μερισμοῦmerismou (N-GMS) G3311 μερισμός merismós mer-is-mos from μερίζω; a separation or distribution:--dividing asunder, gift.	μερισμοῦmerismou	the division	N-GMS
G5590ψυχῆςpsychēs (N-GFS) G5590 ψυχή psychḗ psoo-khay from ψύχω; breath, i.e. (by implication) spirit, abstractly or concretely (the animal sentient principle only; thus distinguished on the one hand from πνεῦμα, which is the rational and immortal soul; and on the other from ζωή, which is mere vitality, even of plants: these terms thus exactly correspond respectively to the Hebrew נֶפֶשׁ, רוּחַ and חַי):--heart (+ -ily), life, mind, soul, + us, + you.	ψυχῆςpsychēs	of soul	N-GFS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G4151πνεύματος,pneumatos (N-GNS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.	πνεύματος,pneumatos	spirit,	N-GNS
G719ἁρμῶνharmōn (N-GMP) G719 ἁρμός harmós har-mos from the same as ἅρμα; an articulation (of the body):--joint.	ἁρμῶνharmōn	of joints	N-GMP
G5037τεte (Conj) G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,	τεte	and	Conj
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	also	Conj
G3452μυελῶν,myelōn (N-GMP) G3452 μυελός myelós moo-el-os perhaps a primary word; the marrow:--marrow.	μυελῶν,myelōn	marrows,	N-GMP
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G2924κριτικὸςkritikos (Adj-NMS) G2924 κριτικός kritikós krit-ee-kos from κριτής; decisive (critical), i.e. discriminative:--discerner.	κριτικὸςkritikos	able to judge	Adj-NMS
G1761ἐνθυμήσεωνenthymēseōn (N-GFP) G1761 ἐνθύμησις enthýmēsis en-thoo-may-sis from ἐνθυμέομαι; deliberation:--device, thought.	ἐνθυμήσεωνenthymēseōn	the thoughts	N-GFP
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G1771ἐννοιῶνennoiōn (N-GFP) G1771 ἔννοια énnoia en-noy-ah from a compound of ἐν and νοῦς; thoughtfulness, i.e. moral understanding:--intent, mind.	ἐννοιῶνennoiōn	intentions	N-GFP
G2588καρδίας·kardias (N-GFS) G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).	καρδίας·kardias	of the heart.	N-GFS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G2192ἜχοντεςEchontes (V-PPA-NMP) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.	ἜχοντεςEchontes	Having	V-PPA-NMP
G3767οὖνoun (Conj) G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,	οὖνoun	therefore	Conj
G749ἀρχιερέαarchierea (N-AMS) G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.	ἀρχιερέαarchierea	a high priest	N-AMS
G3173μέγανmegan (Adj-AMS) G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.	μέγανmegan	great,	Adj-AMS
G1330διεληλυθόταdielēlythota (V-RPA-AMS) G1330 διέρχομαι diérchomai dee-er-khom-ahee from διά and ἔρχομαι; to traverse (literally):--come, depart, go (about, abroad, everywhere, over, through, throughout), pass (by, over, through, throughout), pierce through, travel, walk through.	διεληλυθόταdielēlythota	having passed through	V-RPA-AMS
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοὺςtous	the	Art-AMP
G3772οὐρανούς,ouranous (N-AMP) G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.	οὐρανούς,ouranous	heavens,	N-AMP
G2424ἸησοῦνIēsoun (N-AMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.	ἸησοῦνIēsoun	Jesus,	N-AMS
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὸνton	the	Art-AMS
G5207ΥἱὸνHuion (N-AMS) G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.	ΥἱὸνHuion	Son	N-AMS
G2316Θεοῦ,Theou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	Θεοῦ,Theou	of God,	N-GMS
G2902κρατῶμενkratōmen (V-PSA-1P) G2902 κρατέω kratéō krat-eh-o from κράτος; to use strength, i.e. seize or retain (literally or figuratively):--hold (by, fast), keep, lay hand (hold) on, obtain, retain, take (by).	κρατῶμενkratōmen	we should hold firmly	V-PSA-1P
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῆςtēs	to our	Art-GFS
G3671ὁμολογίας.homologias (N-GFS) G3671 ὁμολογία homología hom-ol-og-ee-ah from the same as ὁμολογέω; acknowledgment:--con- (pro-)fession, professed.	ὁμολογίας.homologias	confession.	N-GFS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G4334προσερχώμεθαproserchōmetha (V-PSM/P-1P) G4334 προσέρχομαι prosérchomai pros-er-khom-ahee from πρός and ἔρχομαι (including its alternate); to approach, i.e. (literally) come near, visit, or (figuratively) worship, assent to:--(as soon as he) come (unto), come thereunto, consent, draw near, go (near, to, unto).	προσερχώμεθαproserchōmetha	We should come	V-PSM/P-1P
G3767οὖνoun (Conj) G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,	οὖνoun	therefore	Conj
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep) G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.	μετὰmeta	with	Prep
G3954παρρησίαςparrēsias (N-GFS) G3954 παῤῥησία parrhēsía par-rhay-see-ah from πᾶς and a derivative of ῥέω; all out-spokenness, i.e. frankness, bluntness, publicity; by implication, assurance:--bold (X -ly, -ness, -ness of speech), confidence, X freely, X openly, X plainly(-ness).	παρρησίαςparrēsias	boldness	N-GFS
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῷtō	to the	Art-DMS
G2362θρόνῳthronō (N-DMS) G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.	θρόνῳthronō	throne	N-DMS
G5485χάριτος,charitos (N-GFS) G5485 χάρις cháris khar-ece from χαίρω; graciousness (as gratifying), of manner or act (abstract or concrete; literal, figurative or spiritual; especially the divine influence upon the heart, and its reflection in the life; including gratitude):--acceptable, benefit, favour, gift, grace(- ious), joy, liberality, pleasure, thank(-s, -worthy).	χάριτος,charitos	of grace,	N-GFS
G2443ἵναhina (Conj) G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.	ἵναhina	so that	Conj
G2983λάβωμενlabōmen (V-ASA-1P) G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).	λάβωμενlabōmen	we may receive	V-ASA-1P
G1656ἔλεοςeleos (N-ANS) G1656 ἔλεος éleos el-eh-os of uncertain affinity; compassion (human or divine, especially active):--(+ tender) mercy.	ἔλεοςeleos	mercy	N-ANS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G5485χάρινcharin (N-AFS) G5485 χάρις cháris khar-ece from χαίρω; graciousness (as gratifying), of manner or act (abstract or concrete; literal, figurative or spiritual; especially the divine influence upon the heart, and its reflection in the life; including gratitude):--acceptable, benefit, favour, gift, grace(- ious), joy, liberality, pleasure, thank(-s, -worthy).	χάρινcharin	grace	N-AFS
G2147εὕρωμενheurōmen (V-ASA-1P) G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.	εὕρωμενheurōmen	may find	V-ASA-1P
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).	εἰςeis	for	Prep
G2121εὔκαιρονeukairon (Adj-AFS) G2121 εὔκαιρος eúkairos yoo-kahee-ros from εὖ and καιρός; well-timed, i.e. opportune:--convenient, in time of need.	εὔκαιρονeukairon	in time of need	Adj-AFS
G996βοήθειαν.boētheian (N-AFS) G996 βοήθεια boḗtheia bo-ay-thi-ah from βοηθός; aid; specially, a rope or chain for frapping a vessel:--help.	βοήθειαν.boētheian	help.	N-AFS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3356μετριοπαθεῖνmetriopathein (V-PNA) G3356 μετριοπαθέω metriopathéō met-ree-op-ath-eh-o from a compound of the base of μετρίως and πάθος; to be moderate in passion, i.e. gentle (to treat indulgently):--have compassion.	μετριοπαθεῖνmetriopathein	to exercise forbearance	V-PNA
G1410δυνάμενοςdynamenos (V-PPM/P-NMS) G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.	δυνάμενοςdynamenos	being able,	V-PPM/P-NMS
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοῖςtois	with those	Art-DMP
G50ἀγνοοῦσινagnoousin (V-PPA-DMP) G50 ἀγνοέω agnoéō ag-no-eh-o from Α (as a negative particle) and νοιέω; not to know (through lack of information or intelligence); by implication, to ignore (through disinclination):--(be) ignorant(-ly), not know, not understand, unknown.	ἀγνοοῦσινagnoousin	being ignorant	V-PPA-DMP
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G4105πλανωμένοις,planōmenois (V-PPM/P-DMP) G4105 πλανάω planáō plan-ah-o from πλάνη; to (properly, cause to) roam (from safety, truth, or virtue):--go astray, deceive, err, seduce, wander, be out of the way.	πλανωμένοις,planōmenois	going astray,	V-PPM/P-DMP
G1893ἐπεὶepei (Conj) G1893 ἐπεί epeí ep-i from ἐπί and εἰ; thereupon, i.e. since (of time or cause):--because, else, for that (then, -asmuch as), otherwise, seeing that, since, when.	ἐπεὶepei	since	Conj
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	also	Conj
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτὸςautos	he himself	PPro-NM3S
G4029περίκειταιperikeitai (V-PIM/P-3S) G4029 περίκειμαι períkeimai per-ik-i-mahee from περί and κεῖμαι; to lie all around, i.e. inclose, encircle, hamper (literally or figuratively):--be bound (compassed) with, hang about.	περίκειταιperikeitai	is encompassed by	V-PIM/P-3S
G769ἀσθένειαν,astheneian (N-AFS) G769 ἀσθένεια asthéneia as-then-i-ah from ἀσθενής; feebleness (of mind or body); by implication, malady; morally, frailty:--disease, infirmity, sickness, weakness.	ἀσθένειαν,astheneian	weakness;	N-AFS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G2539καίπερkaiper (Conj) G2539 καίπερ kaíper kah-ee-per from καί and περ; and indeed, i.e. nevertheless or notwithstanding:--and yet, although.	καίπερkaiper	though	Conj
G1510ὢνōn (V-PPA-NMS) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.	ὢνōn	being	V-PPA-NMS
G5207Υἱός,Huios (N-NMS) G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.	Υἱός,Huios	a Son,	N-NMS
G3129ἔμαθενemathen (V-AIA-3S) G3129 μανθάνω manthánō man-than-o prolongation from a primary verb, another form of which, , is used as an alternate in certain tenses; to learn (in any way):--learn, understand.	ἔμαθενemathen	He learned	V-AIA-3S
G575ἀφ’aph’ (Prep) G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off	ἀφ’aph’	from	Prep
G3739ὧνhōn (RelPro-GNP) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,	ὧνhōn	the things	RelPro-GNP
G3958ἔπαθενepathen (V-AIA-3S) G3958 πάσχω páschō pen-tho apparently a primary verb; to experience a sensation or impression (usually painful):--feel, passion, suffer, vex.	ἔπαθενepathen	He suffered,	V-AIA-3S
G5218ὑπακοήν,hypakoēn (N-AFS) G5218 ὑπακοή hypakoḗ hoop-ak-o-ay from ὑπακούω; attentive hearkening, i.e. (by implication) compliance or submission:--obedience, (make) obedient, obey(-ing).	ὑπακοήν,hypakoēn	obedience,	N-AFS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G4316προσαγορευθεὶςprosagoreutheis (V-APP-NMS) G4316 προσαγορεύω prosagoreúō pros-ag-or-yoo-o from πρός and a derivative of ἀγορά (mean to harangue); to address, i.e. salute by name:--call.	προσαγορευθεὶςprosagoreutheis	having been designated	V-APP-NMS
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep) G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.	ὑπὸhypo	by	Prep
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	ΘεοῦTheou	God	N-GMS
G749ἀρχιερεὺςarchiereus (N-NMS) G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.	ἀρχιερεὺςarchiereus	a high priest	N-NMS
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.	κατὰkata	according to	Prep
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὴνtēn	the	Art-AFS
G5010τάξινtaxin (N-AFS) G5010 τάξις táxis tax-is from τάσσω; regular arrangement, i.e. (in time) fixed succession (of rank or character), official dignity:--order.	τάξινtaxin	order	N-AFS
G3198Μελχισέδεκ.Melchisedek (N-GMS) G3198 Μελχισεδέκ Melchisedék mel-khis-ed-ek of Hebrew origin (מַלְכִּי־צֶדֶק); Melchisedek (i.e. Malkitsedek), a patriarch:--Melchisedec.	Μελχισέδεκ.Melchisedek	of Melchizedek.	N-GMS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G5046τελείωνteleiōn (Adj-GMP) G5046 τέλειος téleios tel-i-os from τέλος; complete (in various applications of labor, growth, mental and moral character, etc.); neuter (as noun, with ὁ) completeness:--of full age, man, perfect.	τελείωνteleiōn	for the mature	Adj-GMP
G1161δέde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).	δέde	however	Conj
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.	ἐστινestin	is	V-PIA-3S
G4731στερεὰsterea (Adj-NFS) G4731 στερεός stereós ster-eh-os from ἵστημι; stiff, i.e. solid, stable (literally or figuratively):--stedfast, strong, sure.	στερεὰsterea	solid	Adj-NFS
G5160τροφή,trophē (N-NFS) G5160 τροφή trophḗ trof-ay from τρέφω; nourishment (literally or figuratively); by implication, rations (wages):--food, meat.	τροφή,trophē	food,	N-NFS
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῶνtōn	the ones	Art-GMP
G1223διὰdia (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.	διὰdia	by	Prep
G1838ἕξινhexin (N-AFS) G1838 ἕξις héxis hex-is from ἔχω; habit, i.e. (by implication) practice:--use.	ἕξινhexin	constant use	N-AFS
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὰta	the	Art-ANP
G145αἰσθητήριαaisthētēria (N-ANP) G145 αἰσθητήριον aisthētḗrion ahee-sthay-tay-ree-on from a derivative of αἰσθάνομαι; properly, an organ of perception, i.e. (figuratively) judgment:--senses.	αἰσθητήριαaisthētēria	senses	N-ANP
G1128γεγυμνασμέναgegymnasmena (V-RPM/P-ANP) G1128 γυμνάζω gymnázō goom-nad-zo from γυμνός; to practise naked (in the games), i.e. train (figuratively):--exercise.	γεγυμνασμέναgegymnasmena	training	V-RPM/P-ANP
G2192ἐχόντωνechontōn (V-PPA-GMP) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.	ἐχόντωνechontōn	having	V-PPA-GMP
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.	πρὸςpros	for	Prep
G1253διάκρισινdiakrisin (N-AFS) G1253 διάκρισις diákrisis dee-ak-ree-sis from διακρίνω; judicial estimation:--discern(-ing), disputation.	διάκρισινdiakrisin	distinguishing	N-AFS
G2570καλοῦkalou (Adj-GNS) G2570 καλός kalós kal-os of uncertain affinity; properly, beautiful, but chiefly (figuratively) good (literally or morally), i.e. valuable or virtuous (for appearance or use, and thus distinguished from ἀγαθός, which is properly intrinsic):--X better, fair, good(-ly), honest, meet, well, worthy.	καλοῦkalou	good	Adj-GNS
G5037τεte (Conj) G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,	τεte	both	Conj
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G2556κακοῦ.kakou (Adj-GNS) G2556 κακός kakós kak-os apparently a primary word; worthless (intrinsically, such; whereas πονηρός properly refers to effects), i.e. (subjectively) depraved, or (objectively) injurious:--bad, evil, harm, ill, noisome, wicked.	κακοῦ.kakou	evil.	Adj-GNS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G909βαπτισμῶνbaptismōn (N-GMP) G909 βαπτισμός baptismós bap-tis-mos from βαπτίζω; ablution (ceremonial or Christian):--baptism, washing.	βαπτισμῶνbaptismōn	about baptisms	N-GMP
G1322διδαχὴν,didachēn (N-AFS) G1322 διδαχή didachḗ did-akh-ay from διδάσκω; instruction (the act or the matter):--doctrine, hath been taught.	διδαχὴν,didachēn	instruction,	N-AFS
G1936ἐπιθέσεώςepitheseōs (N-GFS) G1936 ἐπίθεσις epíthesis ep-ith-es-is from ἐπιτίθημι; an imposition (of hands officially):--laying (putting) on.	ἐπιθέσεώςepitheseōs	of laying on	N-GFS
G5037τεte (Conj) G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,	τεte	then	Conj
G5495χειρῶν,cheirōn (N-GFP) G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.	χειρῶν,cheirōn	of hands,	N-GFP
G386ἀναστάσεώςanastaseōs (N-GFS) G386 ἀνάστασις anástasis an-as-tas-is from ἀνίστημι; a standing up again, i.e. (literally) a resurrection from death (individual, genitive case or by implication, (its author)), or (figuratively) a (moral) recovery (of spiritual truth):--raised to life again, resurrection, rise from the dead, that should rise, rising again.	ἀναστάσεώςanastaseōs	of the resurrection	N-GFS
G5037‹τε›te (Conj) G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,	‹τε›te	both	Conj
G3498νεκρῶν,nekrōn (Adj-GMP) G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.	νεκρῶν,nekrōn	of the dead	Adj-GMP
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G2917κρίματοςkrimatos (N-GNS) G2917 κρίμα kríma kree-mah from κρίνω; a decision (the function or the effect, for or against (crime)):--avenge, condemned, condemnation, damnation, + go to law, judgment.	κρίματοςkrimatos	of judgment	N-GNS
G166αἰωνίου.aiōniou (Adj-GNS) G166 αἰώνιος aiṓnios ahee-o-nee-os from αἰών; perpetual (also used of past time, or past and future as well):--eternal, for ever, everlasting, world (began).	αἰωνίου.aiōniou	eternal.	Adj-GNS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G102ἈδύνατονAdynaton (Adj-NNS) G102 ἀδύνατος adýnatos ad-oo-nat-os from Α (as a negative particle) and δυνατός; unable, i.e. weak (literally or figuratively); passively, impossible:--could not do, impossible, impotent, not possible, weak.	ἈδύνατονAdynaton	It is impossible	Adj-NNS
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.	γὰρgar	for	Conj
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοὺςtous	to those	Art-AMP
G530ἅπαξhapax (Adv) G530 ἅπαξ hápax hap-ax probably from ἅπας; one (or a single) time (numerically or conclusively):--once.	ἅπαξhapax	once	Adv
G5461φωτισθένταςphōtisthentas (V-APP-AMP) G5461 φωτίζω phōtízō fo-tid-zo from φῶς; to shed rays, i.e. to shine or (transitively) to brighten up (literally or figuratively):--enlighten, illuminate, (bring to, give) light, make to see.	φωτισθένταςphōtisthentas	having been enlightened,	V-APP-AMP
G1089γευσαμένουςgeusamenous (V-APM-AMP) G1089 γεύομαι geúomai ghyoo-om-ahee a primary verb; to taste; by implication, to eat; figuratively, to experience (good or ill):--eat, taste.	γευσαμένουςgeusamenous	having tasted	V-APM-AMP
G5037τεte (Conj) G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,	τεte	then	Conj
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῆςtēs	of the	Art-GFS
G1431δωρεᾶςdōreas (N-GFS) G1431 δωρεά dōreá do-reh-ah from δῶρον; a gratuity:--gift.	δωρεᾶςdōreas	gift	N-GFS
G2032ἐπουρανίουepouraniou (Adj-GFS) G2032 ἐπουράνιος epouránios ep-oo-ran-ee-os from ἐπί and οὐρανός; above the sky:--celestial, (in) heaven(-ly), high.	ἐπουρανίουepouraniou	heavenly,	Adj-GFS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G3353μετόχουςmetochous (Adj-AMP) G3353 μέτοχος métochos met-okh-os from μετέχω; participant, i.e. (as noun) a sharer; by implication, an associate:--fellow, partaker, partner.	μετόχουςmetochous	partakers	Adj-AMP
G1096γενηθένταςgenēthentas (V-APP-AMP) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.	γενηθένταςgenēthentas	having become	V-APP-AMP
G4151ΠνεύματοςPneumatos (N-GNS) G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.	ΠνεύματοςPneumatos	of the Spirit	N-GNS
G40ἉγίουHagiou (Adj-GNS) G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.	ἉγίουHagiou	Holy,	Adj-GNS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and then	Conj
G3895παραπεσόντας,parapesontas (V-APA-AMP) G3895 παραπίπτω parapíptō par-ap-ip-to from παρά and πίπτω; to fall aside, i.e. (figuratively) to apostatize:--fall away.	παραπεσόντας,parapesontas	having fallen away —	V-APA-AMP
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv) G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.	πάλινpalin	again	Adv
G340ἀνακαινίζεινanakainizein (V-PNA) G340 ἀνακαινίζω anakainízō an-ak-ahee-nid-zo from ἀνά and a derivative of καινός; to restore:--renew.	ἀνακαινίζεινanakainizein	to restore them	V-PNA
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).	εἰςeis	to	Prep
G3341μετάνοιαν,metanoian (N-AFS) G3341 μετάνοια metánoia met-an-oy-ah from μετανοέω; (subjectively) compunction (for guilt, including reformation); by implication, reversal (of (anothers) decision):--repentance.	μετάνοιαν,metanoian	repentance,	N-AFS
G388ἀνασταυροῦνταςanastaurountas (V-PPA-AMP) G388 ἀνασταυρόω anastauróō an-as-tow-ro-o from ἀνά and σταυρόω; to recrucify (figuratively):--crucify afresh.	ἀνασταυροῦνταςanastaurountas	crucifying	V-PPA-AMP
G1438ἑαυτοῖςheautois (RefPro-DM3P) G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,	ἑαυτοῖςheautois	in themselves	RefPro-DM3P
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὸνton	the	Art-AMS
G5207ΥἱὸνHuion (N-AMS) G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.	ΥἱὸνHuion	Son	N-AMS
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	ΘεοῦTheou	of God	N-GMS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G3856παραδειγματίζοντας.paradeigmatizontas (V-PPA-AMP) G3856 παραδειγματίζω paradeigmatízō par-ad-igue-mat-id-zo from παρά and δειγματίζω; to show alongside (the public), i.e. expose to infamy:--make a public example, put to an open shame.	παραδειγματίζοντας.paradeigmatizontas	subjecting Him to open shame.	V-PPA-AMP

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G1093Γῆgē (N-NFS) G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.	Γῆgē	Land	N-NFS
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.	γὰρgar	for	Conj
G4095πιοῦσαpiousa (V-APA-NFS) G4095 πίνω pínō po-o a prolonged form of ; which (together with another form) ; occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses; to imbibe (literally or figuratively):--drink.	πιοῦσαpiousa	having drunk in	V-APA-NFS
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὸνton	the	Art-AMS
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).	ἐπ’ep’	upon	Prep
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτῆςautēs	it	PPro-GF3S
G2064ἐρχόμενονerchomenon (V-PPM/P-AMS) G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.	ἐρχόμενονerchomenon	coming	V-PPM/P-AMS
G4178πολλάκιςpollakis (Adv) G4178 πολλάκις pollákis pol-lak-is multiplicative adverb from πολύς; many times, i.e. frequently:--oft(-en, -entimes, -times).	πολλάκιςpollakis	often	Adv
G5205ὑετόν,hyeton (N-AMS) G5205 ὑετός hyetós hoo-et-os from a primary (to rain); rain, especially a shower:--rain.	ὑετόν,hyeton	rain,	N-AMS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G5088τίκτουσαtiktousa (V-PPA-NFS) G5088 τίκτω tíktō tek-o a strengthened form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to produce (from seed, as a mother, a plant, the earth, etc.), literally or figuratively:--bear, be born, bring forth, be delivered, be in travail.	τίκτουσαtiktousa	producing	V-PPA-NFS
G1008βοτάνηνbotanēn (N-AFS) G1008 βοτάνη botánē bot-an-ay from βόσκω; herbage (as if for grazing):--herb.	βοτάνηνbotanēn	vegetation	N-AFS
G2111εὔθετονeutheton (Adj-AFS) G2111 εὔθετος eúthetos yoo-thet-os from εὖ and a derivative of τίθημι; well placed, i.e. (figuratively) appropriate:--fit, meet.	εὔθετονeutheton	useful	Adj-AFS
G1565ἐκείνοιςekeinois (DPro-DMP) G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,	ἐκείνοιςekeinois	for those	DPro-DMP
G1223δι’di’ (Prep) G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.	δι’di’	for the sake of	Prep
G3739οὓςhous (RelPro-AMP) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,	οὓςhous	whom	RelPro-AMP
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	also	Conj
G1090γεωργεῖται,geōrgeitai (V-PIM/P-3S) G1090 γεωργέω geōrgéō gheh-or-gheh-o from γεωργός; to till (the soil):--dress.	γεωργεῖται,geōrgeitai	it is tilled,	V-PIM/P-3S
G3335μεταλαμβάνειmetalambanei (V-PIA-3S) G3335 μεταλαμβάνω metalambánō met-al-am-ban-o from μετά and λαμβάνω; to participate; genitive case, to accept (and use):--eat, have, be partaker, receive, take.	μεταλαμβάνειmetalambanei	partakes	V-PIA-3S
G2129εὐλογίαςeulogias (N-GFS) G2129 εὐλογία eulogía yoo-log-ee-ah from the same as εὐλογέω; fine speaking, i.e. elegance of language; commendation (eulogy), i.e. (reverentially) adoration; religiously, benediction; by implication, consecration; by extension, benefit or largess:--blessing (a matter of) bounty (X -tifully), fair speech.	εὐλογίαςeulogias	of blessing	N-GFS
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep) G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off	ἀπὸapo	from	Prep
G2316Θεοῦ·Theou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	Θεοῦ·Theou	God.	N-GMS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G1627ἐκφέρουσαekpherousa (V-PPA-NFS) G1627 ἐκφέρω ekphérō ek-fer-o from ἐκ and φέρω; to bear out (literally or figuratively):--bear, bring forth, carry forth (out).	ἐκφέρουσαekpherousa	That bringing forth	V-PPA-NFS
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).	δὲde	however	Conj
G173ἀκάνθαςakanthas (N-AFP) G173 ἄκανθα ákantha ak-an-thah probably from the same as ἀκμήν; a thorn:--thorn.	ἀκάνθαςakanthas	thorns	N-AFP
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G5146τριβόλουςtribolous (N-AMP) G5146 τρίβολος tríbolos trib-ol-os from τρεῖς and βέλος; properly, a crow-foot (three-pronged obstruction in war), i.e. (by analogy) a thorny plant (caltrop):--brier, thistle.	τριβόλουςtribolous	thistles	N-AMP
G96ἀδόκιμοςadokimos (Adj-NFS) G96 ἀδόκιμος adókimos ad-ok-ee-mos from Α (as a negative particle) and δόκιμος; unapproved, i.e. rejected; by implication, worthless (literally or morally):--castaway, rejected, reprobate.	ἀδόκιμοςadokimos	is worthless	Adj-NFS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G2671κατάραςkataras (N-GFS) G2671 κατάρα katára kat-ar-ah from κατά (intensive) and ἀρά; imprecation, execration:--curse(-d, ing).	κατάραςkataras	a curse	N-GFS
G1451ἐγγύς,engys (Prep) G1451 ἐγγύς engýs eng-goos from a primary verb (to squeeze or throttle; akin to the base of ἀγκάλη); near (literally or figuratively, of place or time):--from , at hand, near, nigh (at hand, unto), ready.	ἐγγύς,engys	near to,	Prep
G3739ἧςhēs (RelPro-GFS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,	ἧςhēs	of which	RelPro-GFS
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὸto	the	Art-NNS
G5056τέλοςtelos (N-NNS) G5056 τέλος télos tel-os from a primary (to set out for a definite point or goal); properly, the point aimed at as a limit, i.e. (by implication) the conclusion of an act or state (termination (literally, figuratively or indefinitely), result (immediate, ultimate or prophetic), purpose); specially, an impost or levy (as paid):--+ continual, custom, end(-ing), finally, uttermost. Compare φόρος.	τέλοςtelos	end is	N-NNS
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).	εἰςeis	unto	Prep
G2740καῦσιν.kausin (N-AFS) G2740 καῦσις kaûsis kow-sis from καίω; burning (the act):--be burned.	καῦσιν.kausin	burning.	N-AFS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3982ΠεπείσμεθαPepeismetha (V-RIM/P-1P) G3982 πείθω peíthō pi-tho a primary verb; to convince (by argument, true or false); by analogy, to pacify or conciliate (by other fair means); reflexively or passively, to assent (to evidence or authority), to rely (by inward certainty):--agree, assure, believe, have confidence, be (wax) conflent, make friend, obey, persuade, trust, yield.	ΠεπείσμεθαPepeismetha	We are persuaded	V-RIM/P-1P
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).	δὲde	however	Conj
G4012περὶperi (Prep) G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).	περὶperi	concerning	Prep
G4771ὑμῶν,hymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,	ὑμῶν,hymōn	you,	PPro-G2P
G27ἀγαπητοί,agapētoi (Adj-VMP) G27 ἀγαπητός agapētós ag-ap-ay-tos from ἀγαπάω; beloved:--(dearly, well) beloved, dear.	ἀγαπητοί,agapētoi	beloved,	Adj-VMP
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὰta	of	Art-ANP
G2908κρείσσοναkreissona (Adj-ANP-C) G2908 κρεῖσσον kreîsson krice-son neuter of an alternate form of κρείττων; (as noun) better, i.e. greater advantage:--better.	κρείσσοναkreissona	better things,	Adj-ANP-C
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G2192ἐχόμεναechomena (V-PPM/P-ANP) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.	ἐχόμεναechomena	things accompanying	V-PPM/P-ANP
G4991σωτηρίας,sōtērias (N-GFS) G4991 σωτηρία sōtēría so-tay-ree-ah feminine of a derivative of σωτήρ as (properly, abstract) noun; rescue or safety (physically or morally):--deliver, health, salvation, save, saving.	σωτηρίας,sōtērias	salvation,	N-GFS
G1487εἰei (Conj) G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.	εἰei	if	Conj
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	even	Conj
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv) G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.	οὕτωςhoutōs	like this	Adv
G2980λαλοῦμεν.laloumen (V-PIA-1P) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.	λαλοῦμεν.laloumen	we speak.	V-PIA-1P

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G1937Ἐπιθυμοῦμενepithymoumen (V-PIA-1P) G1937 ἐπιθυμέω epithyméō ep-ee-thoo-meh-o from ἐπί and θυμός; to set the heart upon, i.e. long for (rightfully or otherwise):--covet, desire, would fain, lust (after).	Ἐπιθυμοῦμενepithymoumen	We desire	V-PIA-1P
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).	δὲde	now,	Conj
G1538ἕκαστονhekaston (Adj-AMS) G1538 ἕκαστος hékastos hek-as-tos as if a superlative of (afar); each or every:--any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly.	ἕκαστονhekaston	each	Adj-AMS
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P) G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,	ὑμῶνhymōn	of you	PPro-G2P
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὴνtēn	the	Art-AFS
G846αὐτὴνautēn (PPro-AF3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτὴνautēn	same	PPro-AF3S
G1731ἐνδείκνυσθαιendeiknysthai (V-PNM) G1731 ἐνδείκνυμι endeíknymi en-dike-noo-mee from ἐν and δεικνύω; to indicate (by word or act):--do, show (forth).	ἐνδείκνυσθαιendeiknysthai	to show,	V-PNM
G4710σπουδὴνspoudēn (N-AFS) G4710 σπουδή spoudḗ spoo-day from σπεύδω; speed, i.e. (by implication) despatch, eagerness, earnestness:--business, (earnest) care(-fulness), diligence, forwardness, haste.	σπουδὴνspoudēn	earnestness,	N-AFS
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep) G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.	πρὸςpros	toward	Prep
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὴνtēn	the	Art-AFS
G4136πληροφορίανplērophorian (N-AFS) G4136 πληροφορία plērophoría play-rof-or-ee-ah from πληροφορέω; entire confidence:--(full) assurance.	πληροφορίανplērophorian	full assurance	N-AFS
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῆςtēs	of the	Art-GFS
G1680ἐλπίδοςelpidos (N-GFS) G1680 ἐλπίς elpís el-pece from a primary (to anticipate, usually with pleasure); expectation (abstractly or concretely) or confidence:--faith, hope.	ἐλπίδοςelpidos	hope	N-GFS
G891ἄχριachri (Prep) G891 ἄχρι áchri akh-rece akin to ἄκρον (through the idea of a terminus); (of time) until or (of place) up to:--as far as, for, in(-to), till, (even, un-)to, until, while. Compare μέχρι.,	ἄχριachri	unto	Prep
G5056τέλους,telous (N-GNS) G5056 τέλος télos tel-os from a primary (to set out for a definite point or goal); properly, the point aimed at as a limit, i.e. (by implication) the conclusion of an act or state (termination (literally, figuratively or indefinitely), result (immediate, ultimate or prophetic), purpose); specially, an impost or levy (as paid):--+ continual, custom, end(-ing), finally, uttermost. Compare φόρος.	τέλους,telous	the end,	N-GNS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G444Ἄνθρωποιanthrōpoi (N-NMP) G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.	Ἄνθρωποιanthrōpoi	Men	N-NMP
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.	γὰρgar	for	Conj
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.	κατὰkata	by	Prep
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοῦtou	one	Art-GMS
G3173μείζονοςmeizonos (Adj-GMS-C) G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.	μείζονοςmeizonos	greater	Adj-GMS-C
G3660ὀμνύουσιν,omnyousin (V-PIA-3P) G3660 ὀμνύω omnýō om-o-o a prolonged form of a primary, but obsolete , for which another prolonged form is used in certain tenses; to swear, i.e. take (or declare on) oath:--swear.	ὀμνύουσιν,omnyousin	swear,	V-PIA-3P
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G3956πάσηςpasēs (Adj-GFS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.	πάσηςpasēs	of all	Adj-GFS
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτοῖςautois	their	PPro-DM3P
G485ἀντιλογίαςantilogias (N-GFS) G485 ἀντιλογία antilogía an-tee-log-ee-ah from a derivative of ἀντιλέγω; dispute, disobedience:--contradiction, gainsaying, strife.	ἀντιλογίαςantilogias	disputes	N-GFS
G4009πέραςperas (N-NNS) G4009 πέρας péras per-as from the same as πέραν; an extremity:--end, ut-(ter-)most participle	πέραςperas	an end,	N-NNS
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).	εἰςeis	for	Prep
G951βεβαίωσινbebaiōsin (N-AFS) G951 βεβαίωσις bebaíōsis beb-ah-yo-sis from βεβαιόω; stabiliment:--confirmation.	βεβαίωσινbebaiōsin	confirmation,	N-AFS
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	ὁho	is the	Art-NMS
G3727ὅρκος·horkos (N-NMS) G3727 ὅρκος hórkos hor-kos from (a fence; perhaps akin to ὅριον); a limit, i.e. (sacred) restraint (specially, an oath):--oath.	ὅρκος·horkos	oath,	N-NMS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3699ὅπουhopou (Adv) G3699 ὅπου hópou hop-oo from ὅς and πού; what(-ever) where, i.e. at whichever spot:--in what place, where(-as, -soever), whither (+ soever).,	ὅπουhopou	where	Adv
G4274πρόδρομοςprodromos (Adj-NMS) G4274 πρόδρομος pródromos prod-rom-os from the alternate of προτρέχω; a runner ahead, i.e. scout (figuratively, precursor):--forerunner.	πρόδρομοςprodromos	the forerunner	Adj-NMS
G5228ὑπὲρhyper (Prep) G5228 ὑπέρ hypér hoop-er a primary preposition; over, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place, above, beyond, across, or causal, for the sake of, instead, regarding; with the accusative case superior to, more than:--(+ exceeding, abundantly) above, in (on) behalf of, beyond, by, + very chiefest, concerning, exceeding (above, -ly), for, + very highly, more (than), of, over, on the part of, for sake of, in stead, than, to(-ward), very. In the comparative, it retains many of the above applications.	ὑπὲρhyper	for	Prep
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,	ἡμῶνhēmōn	us	PPro-G1P
G1525εἰσῆλθενeisēlthen (V-AIA-3S) G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).	εἰσῆλθενeisēlthen	has entered,	V-AIA-3S
G2424Ἰησοῦς,Iēsous (N-NMS) G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.	Ἰησοῦς,Iēsous	Jesus,	N-NMS
G2596κατὰkata (Prep) G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.	κατὰkata	according to	Prep
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὴνtēn	the	Art-AFS
G5010τάξινtaxin (N-AFS) G5010 τάξις táxis tax-is from τάσσω; regular arrangement, i.e. (in time) fixed succession (of rank or character), official dignity:--order.	τάξινtaxin	order	N-AFS
G3198ΜελχισέδεκMelchisedek (N-GMS) G3198 Μελχισεδέκ Melchisedék mel-khis-ed-ek of Hebrew origin (מַלְכִּי־צֶדֶק); Melchisedek (i.e. Malkitsedek), a patriarch:--Melchisedec.	ΜελχισέδεκMelchisedek	of Melchizedek,	N-GMS
G749ἀρχιερεὺςarchiereus (N-NMS) G749 ἀρχιερεύς archiereús ar-khee-er-yuce from ἀρχή and ἱερεύς; the high-priest (literally, of the Jews, typically, Christ); by extension a chief priest:--chief (high) priest, chief of the priests.	ἀρχιερεὺςarchiereus	a high priest	N-NMS
G1096γενόμενοςgenomenos (V-APM-NMS) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.	γενόμενοςgenomenos	having become	V-APM-NMS
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).	εἰςeis	to	Prep
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὸνton	the	Art-AMS
G165αἰῶνα.aiōna (N-AMS) G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.	αἰῶνα.aiōna	age.	N-AMS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3778ΟὗτοςHoutos (DPro-NMS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,	ΟὗτοςHoutos	This	DPro-NMS
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.	γὰρgar	for	Conj
G3198Μελχισέδεκ,Melchisedek (N-NMS) G3198 Μελχισεδέκ Melchisedék mel-khis-ed-ek of Hebrew origin (מַלְכִּי־צֶדֶק); Melchisedek (i.e. Malkitsedek), a patriarch:--Melchisedec.	Μελχισέδεκ,Melchisedek	Melchizedek,	N-NMS
G935βασιλεὺςbasileus (N-NMS) G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.	βασιλεὺςbasileus	king	N-NMS
G4532Σαλήμ,Salēm (N-GFS) G4532 Σαλήμ Salḗm sal-ame of Hebrew origin (שָׁלֵם); Salem (i.e. Shalem), a place in Palestine:--Salem.	Σαλήμ,Salēm	of Salem,	N-GFS
G2409ἱερεὺςhiereus (N-NMS) G2409 ἱερεύς hiereús hee-er-yooce from ἱερός; a priest (literally or figuratively):--(high) priest.	ἱερεὺςhiereus	priest	N-NMS
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	ΘεοῦTheou	of God	N-GMS
G5310Ὑψίστου,Hypsistou (Adj-GMS-S) G5310 ὕψιστος hýpsistos hoop-sis-tos superlative from the base of ὕψος; highest, i.e. (masculine singular) the Supreme (God), or (neuter plural) the heavens:--most high, highest.	Ὑψίστου,Hypsistou	Most High,	Adj-GMS-S
G4876συναντήσαςsynantēsas (V-APA-NMS) G4876 συναντάω synantáō soon-an-tah-o from σύν and a derivative of ἀντί; to meet with; figuratively, to occur:--befall, meet.	συναντήσαςsynantēsas	having met	V-APA-NMS
G11ἈβραὰμAbraam (N-DMS) G11 Ἀβραάμ Abraám ab-rah-am of Hebrew origin (אַבְרָהָם); Abraham, the Hebrew patriarch:--Abraham. (In Acts 7:16 the text should probably read Jacob.)	ἈβραὰμAbraam	Abraham	N-DMS
G5290ὑποστρέφοντιhypostrephonti (V-PPA-DMS) G5290 ὑποστρέφω hypostréphō hoop-os-tref-o from ὑπό and στρέφω; to turn under (behind), i.e. to return (literally or figuratively):--come again, return (again, back again), turn back (again).	ὑποστρέφοντιhypostrephonti	returning	V-PPA-DMS
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep) G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off	ἀπὸapo	from	Prep
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῆςtēs	the	Art-GFS
G2871κοπῆςkopēs (N-GFS) G2871 κοπή kopḗ kop-ay from κόπτω; cutting, i.e. carnage:--slaughter.	κοπῆςkopēs	slaughter	N-GFS
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῶνtōn	of the	Art-GMP
G935βασιλέωνbasileōn (N-GMP) G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.	βασιλέωνbasileōn	kings	N-GMP
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	and	Conj
G2127εὐλογήσαςeulogēsas (V-APA-NMS) G2127 εὐλογέω eulogéō yoo-log-eh-o from a compound of εὖ and λόγος; to speak well of, i.e. (religiously) to bless (thank or invoke a benediction upon, prosper):--bless, praise.	εὐλογήσαςeulogēsas	having blessed	V-APA-NMS
G846αὐτόν,auton (PPro-AM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτόν,auton	him,	PPro-AM3S

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3739ᾧhō (RelPro-DMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,	ᾧhō	is he to whom	RelPro-DMS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	also	Conj
G1181δεκάτηνdekatēn (Adj-AFS) G1181 δεκάτη dekátē dek-at-ay feminine of δέκατος; a tenth, i.e. as a percentage or (technically) tithe:--tenth (part), tithe.	δεκάτηνdekatēn	a tenth	Adj-AFS
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep) G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off	ἀπὸapo	of	Prep
G3956πάντωνpantōn (Adj-GNP) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.	πάντωνpantōn	all	Adj-GNP
G3307ἐμέρισενemerisen (V-AIA-3S) G3307 μερίζω merízō mer-id-zo from μέρος; to part, i.e. (literally) to apportion, bestow, share, or (figuratively) to disunite, differ:--deal, be difference between, distribute, divide, give participle	ἐμέρισενemerisen	apportioned	V-AIA-3S
G11Ἀβραάμ,Abraam (N-NMS) G11 Ἀβραάμ Abraám ab-rah-am of Hebrew origin (אַבְרָהָם); Abraham, the Hebrew patriarch:--Abraham. (In Acts 7:16 the text should probably read Jacob.)	Ἀβραάμ,Abraam	Abraham,	N-NMS
G4412πρῶτονprōton (Adv-S) G4412 πρῶτον prōton pro-ton neuter of πρῶτος as adverb (with or without ὁ); firstly (in time, place, order, or importance):--before, at the beginning, chiefly (at, at the) first (of all).	πρῶτονprōton	first	Adv-S
G3303μὲνmen (Conj) G3303 μέν mén men a primary particle; properly, indicative of affirmation or concession (in fact); usually followed by a contrasted clause with δέ (this one, the former, etc.):--even, indeed, so, some, truly, verily. Often compounded with other particles in an intensive or asseverative sense.,	μὲνmen	indeed	Conj
G2059ἑρμηνευόμενοςhermēneuomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS) G2059 ἑρμηνεύω hermēneúō her-mayn-yoo-o from a presumed derivative of Ἑρμῆς (as the god of language); to translate:--interpret.	ἑρμηνευόμενοςhermēneuomenos	being translated,	V-PPM/P-NMS
G935Βασιλεὺςbasileus (N-NMS) G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.	Βασιλεὺςbasileus	king	N-NMS
G1343δικαιοσύνης,dikaiosynēs (N-GFS) G1343 δικαιοσύνη dikaiosýnē dik-ah-yos-oo-nay from δίκαιος; equity (of character or act); specially (Christian) justification:--righteousness.	δικαιοσύνης,dikaiosynēs	of righteousness;	N-GFS
G1899ἔπειταepeita (Adv) G1899 ἔπειτα épeita ep-i-tah from ἐπί and εἶτα; thereafter:--after that(-ward), then.	ἔπειταepeita	then	Adv
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).	δὲde	and	Conj
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	also,	Conj
G935Βασιλεὺςbasileus (N-NMS) G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.	Βασιλεὺςbasileus	king	N-NMS
G4532Σαλήμ,Salēm (N-GFS) G4532 Σαλήμ Salḗm sal-ame of Hebrew origin (שָׁלֵם); Salem (i.e. Shalem), a place in Palestine:--Salem.	Σαλήμ,Salēm	of Salem,	N-GFS
G3739ὅho (RelPro-NNS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,	ὅho	which	RelPro-NNS
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.	ἐστινestin	is,	V-PIA-3S
G935Βασιλεὺςbasileus (N-NMS) G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.	Βασιλεὺςbasileus	king	N-NMS
G1515εἰρήνης,eirēnēs (N-GFS) G1515 εἰρήνη eirḗnē i-ray-nay probably from a primary verb (to join); peace (literally or figuratively); by implication, prosperity:--one, peace, quietness, rest, + set at one again.	εἰρήνης,eirēnēs	of peace.	N-GFS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G540ἀπάτωρ,apatōr (Adj-NMS) G540 ἀπάτωρ apátōr ap-at-ore from Α (as a negative particle) and πατήρ; fatherless, i.e. of unrecorded paternity:--without father.	ἀπάτωρ,apatōr	Without father,	Adj-NMS
G282ἀμήτωρ,amētōr (Adj-NMS) G282 ἀμήτωρ amḗtōr am-ay-tore from Α (as a negative particle) and μήτηρ; motherless, i.e. of unknown maternity:--without mother.	ἀμήτωρ,amētōr	without mother,	Adj-NMS
G35ἀγενεαλόγητος,agenealogētos (Adj-NMS) G35 ἀγενεαλόγητος agenealógētos ag-en-eh-al-og-ay-tos from Α (as negative particle) and γενεαλογέω; unregistered as to birth:--without descent.	ἀγενεαλόγητος,agenealogētos	without genealogy,	Adj-NMS
G3383μήτεmēte (Conj) G3383 μήτε mḗte may-teh from μή and τέ; not too, i.e. (in continued negation) neither or nor; also, not even:--neither, (n-)or, so as much.	μήτεmēte	neither	Conj
G746ἀρχὴνarchēn (N-AFS) G746 ἀρχή archḗ ar-khay from ἄρχομαι; (properly abstract) a commencement, or (concretely) chief (in various applications of order, time, place, or rank):--beginning, corner, (at the, the) first (estate), magistrate, power, principality, principle, rule.	ἀρχὴνarchēn	beginning	N-AFS
G2250ἡμερῶνhēmerōn (N-GFP) G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.	ἡμερῶνhēmerōn	of days	N-GFP
G3383μήτεmēte (Conj) G3383 μήτε mḗte may-teh from μή and τέ; not too, i.e. (in continued negation) neither or nor; also, not even:--neither, (n-)or, so as much.	μήτεmēte	nor	Conj
G2222ζωῆςzōēs (N-GFS) G2222 ζωή zōḗ dzo-ay from ζάω; life (literally or figuratively):--life(-time). Compare ψυχή.	ζωῆςzōēs	of life	N-GFS
G5056τέλοςtelos (N-ANS) G5056 τέλος télos tel-os from a primary (to set out for a definite point or goal); properly, the point aimed at as a limit, i.e. (by implication) the conclusion of an act or state (termination (literally, figuratively or indefinitely), result (immediate, ultimate or prophetic), purpose); specially, an impost or levy (as paid):--+ continual, custom, end(-ing), finally, uttermost. Compare φόρος.	τέλοςtelos	end	N-ANS
G2192ἔχων,echōn (V-PPA-NMS) G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.	ἔχων,echōn	having,	V-PPA-NMS
G871ἀφωμοιωμένοςaphōmoiōmenos (V-RPM/P-NMS) G871 ἀφομοιόω aphomoióō af-om-oy-o-o from ἀπό and ὁμοιόω; to assimilate closely:--make like.	ἀφωμοιωμένοςaphōmoiōmenos	having been made like	V-RPM/P-NMS
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).	δὲde	however	Conj
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῷtō	the	Art-DMS
G5207ΥἱῷHuiō (N-DMS) G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.	ΥἱῷHuiō	Son	N-DMS
G2316Θεοῦ,Theou (N-GMS) G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).	Θεοῦ,Theou	of God,	N-GMS
G3306μένειmenei (V-PIA-3S) G3306 μένω ménō men-o a primary verb; to stay (in a given place, state, relation or expectancy):--abide, continue, dwell, endure, be present, remain, stand, tarry (for), X thine own.	μένειmenei	he remains	V-PIA-3S
G2409ἱερεὺςhiereus (N-NMS) G2409 ἱερεύς hiereús hee-er-yooce from ἱερός; a priest (literally or figuratively):--(high) priest.	ἱερεὺςhiereus	a priest	N-NMS
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).	εἰςeis	unto	Prep
G1336διηνεκές.diēnekes (Adj-ANS) G1336 διηνεκής diēnekḗs dee-ay-nek-es neuter of a compound of διά and a derivative of an alternate of φέρω; carried through, i.e. (adverbially with εἰς and ὁ prefixed) perpetually:--+ continually, for ever.	διηνεκές.diēnekes	all time.	Adj-ANS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G2334ΘεωρεῖτεTheōreite (V-PMA-2P) G2334 θεωρέω theōréō theh-o-reh-o from a derivative of θεάομαι (perhaps by addition of ὁράω); to be a spectator of, i.e. discern, (literally, figuratively (experience) or intensively (acknowledge)):--behold, consider, look on, perceive, see. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.	ΘεωρεῖτεTheōreite	Consider	V-PMA-2P
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).	δὲde	now	Conj
G4080πηλίκοςpēlikos (Adj-NMS) G4080 πηλίκος pēlíkos pay-lee-kos a quantitative form (the feminine) of the base of πού; how much (as an indefinite), i.e. in size or (figuratively) dignity:--how great (large).,	πηλίκοςpēlikos	how great	Adj-NMS
G3778οὗτοςhoutos (DPro-NMS) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,	οὗτοςhoutos	this one was,	DPro-NMS
G3739ᾧhō (RelPro-DMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,	ᾧhō	to whom	RelPro-DMS
G2532[καὶ]kai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	[καὶ]kai	even	Conj
G1181δεκάτηνdekatēn (Adj-AFS) G1181 δεκάτη dekátē dek-at-ay feminine of δέκατος; a tenth, i.e. as a percentage or (technically) tithe:--tenth (part), tithe.	δεκάτηνdekatēn	a tenth	Adj-AFS
G11ἈβραὰμAbraam (N-NMS) G11 Ἀβραάμ Abraám ab-rah-am of Hebrew origin (אַבְרָהָם); Abraham, the Hebrew patriarch:--Abraham. (In Acts 7:16 the text should probably read Jacob.)	ἈβραὰμAbraam	Abraham	N-NMS
G1325ἔδωκενedōken (V-AIA-3S) G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.	ἔδωκενedōken	gave	V-AIA-3S
G1537ἐκek (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.	ἐκek	out of	Prep
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῶνtōn	the	Art-GNP
G205ἀκροθινίωνakrothiniōn (N-GNP) G205 ἀκροθίνιον akrothínion ak-roth-in-ee-on from ἄκρον and (a heap); properly (in the plural) the top of the heap, i.e. (by implication) best of the booty:--spoils.	ἀκροθινίωνakrothiniōn	best spoils,	N-GNP
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	ὁho	the	Art-NMS
G3966πατριάρχης.patriarchēs (N-NMS) G3966 πατριάρχης patriárchēs pat-ree-arkh-ace from πατριά and ἄρχω; a progenitor (patriarch):--patriarch.	πατριάρχης.patriarchēs	patriarch.	N-NMS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G5565χωρὶςchōris (Prep) G5565 χωρίς chōrís kho-rece adverb from χώρα; at a space, i.e. separately or apart from (often as preposition):--beside, by itself, without.	χωρὶςchōris	Apart from	Prep
G1161δὲde (Conj) G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).	δὲde	now	Conj
G3956πάσηςpasēs (Adj-GFS) G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.	πάσηςpasēs	all	Adj-GFS
G485ἀντιλογίαςantilogias (N-GFS) G485 ἀντιλογία antilogía an-tee-log-ee-ah from a derivative of ἀντιλέγω; dispute, disobedience:--contradiction, gainsaying, strife.	ἀντιλογίαςantilogias	dispute,	N-GFS
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τὸto	the	Art-NNS
G1640ἔλαττονelatton (Adj-NNS-C) G1640 ἐλάσσων elássōn el-at-tone comparative of the same as ἐλάχιστος; smaller (in size, quantity, age or quality):--less, under, worse, younger.	ἔλαττονelatton	inferior	Adj-NNS-C
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep) G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.	ὑπὸhypo	by	Prep
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοῦtou	the	Art-GMS
G2909κρείττονοςkreittonos (Adj-GMS-C) G2909 κρείττων kreíttōn krite-tohn comparative of a derivative of κράτος; stronger, i.e. (figuratively) better, i.e. nobler:--best, better.	κρείττονοςkreittonos	superior	Adj-GMS-C
G2127εὐλογεῖται.eulogeitai (V-PIM/P-3S) G2127 εὐλογέω eulogéō yoo-log-eh-o from a compound of εὖ and λόγος; to speak well of, i.e. (religiously) to bless (thank or invoke a benediction upon, prosper):--bless, praise.	εὐλογεῖται.eulogeitai	is blessed.	V-PIM/P-3S

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G2089ἔτιeti (Adv) G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet	ἔτιeti	Still	Adv
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.	γὰρgar	for	Conj
G1722ἐνen (Prep) G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in	ἐνen	in	Prep
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῇtē	the	Art-DFS
G3751ὀσφύϊosphui (N-DFS) G3751 ὀσφῦς osphŷs os-foos of uncertain affinity; the loin (externally), i.e. the hip; internally (by extension) procreative power:--loin.	ὀσφύϊosphui	loin	N-DFS
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τοῦtou	of his	Art-GMS
G3962πατρὸςpatros (N-GMS) G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.	πατρὸςpatros	father	N-GMS
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S) G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.	ἦνēn	he was,	V-IIA-3S
G3753ὅτεhote (Adv) G3753 ὅτε hóte hot-eh from ὅς and τέ; at which (thing) too, i.e. when:--after (that), as soon as, that, when, while.,	ὅτεhote	when	Adv
G4876συνήντησενsynēntēsen (V-AIA-3S) G4876 συναντάω synantáō soon-an-tah-o from σύν and a derivative of ἀντί; to meet with; figuratively, to occur:--befall, meet.	συνήντησενsynēntēsen	met	V-AIA-3S
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S) G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,	αὐτῷautō	him	PPro-DM3S
G3198Μελχισέδεκ.Melchisedek (N-NMS) G3198 Μελχισεδέκ Melchisedék mel-khis-ed-ek of Hebrew origin (מַלְכִּי־צֶדֶק); Melchisedek (i.e. Malkitsedek), a patriarch:--Melchisedec.	Μελχισέδεκ.Melchisedek	Melchizedek.	N-NMS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G3346μετατιθεμένηςmetatithemenēs (V-PPM/P-GFS) G3346 μετατίθημι metatíthēmi met-at-ith-ay-mee from μετά and τίθημι; to transfer, i.e. (literally) transport, (by implication) exchange, (reflexively) change sides, or (figuratively) pervert:--carry over, change, remove, translate, turn.	μετατιθεμένηςmetatithemenēs	Being changed	V-PPM/P-GFS
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.	γὰρgar	for	Conj
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῆςtēs	of the	Art-GFS
G2420ἱερωσύνηςhierōsynēs (N-GFS) G2420 ἱερωσύνη hierōsýnē hee-er-o-soo-nay from ἱερός; sacredness, i.e. (by implication) the priestly office:--priesthood.	ἱερωσύνηςhierōsynēs	priesthood,	N-GFS
G1537ἐξex (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.	ἐξex	from	Prep
G318ἀνάγκηςanankēs (N-GFS) G318 ἀνάγκη anánkē an-ang-kay from ἀνά and the base of ἀγκάλη; constraint (literally or figuratively); by implication, distress:--distress, must needs, (of) necessity(-sary), needeth, needful.	ἀνάγκηςanankēs	necessity	N-GFS
G2532καὶkai (Conj) G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.	καὶkai	also,	Conj
G3551νόμουnomou (N-GMS) G3551 νόμος nómos nom-os from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals); law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle):--law.	νόμουnomou	of law	N-GMS
G3331μετάθεσιςmetathesis (N-NFS) G3331 μετάθεσις metáthesis met-ath-es-is from μετατίθημι; transposition, i.e. transferral (to heaven), disestablishment (of a law):--change, removing, translation.	μετάθεσιςmetathesis	a change	N-NFS
G1096γίνεται.ginetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.	γίνεται.ginetai	takes place.	V-PIM/P-3S

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G1909Ἐφ’eph’ (Prep) G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).	Ἐφ’eph’	He concerning	Prep
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,	ὃνhon	whom	RelPro-AMS
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.	γὰρgar	for	Conj
G3004λέγεταιlegetai (V-PIM/P-3S) G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.	λέγεταιlegetai	are said	V-PIM/P-3S
G3778ταῦτα,tauta (DPro-NNP) G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,	ταῦτα,tauta	these things	DPro-NNP
G5443φυλῆςphylēs (N-GFS) G5443 φυλή phylḗ foo-lay from φύω (compare φύλλον); an offshoot, i.e. race or clan:--kindred, tribe.	φυλῆςphylēs	a tribe	N-GFS
G2087ἑτέραςheteras (Adj-GFS) G2087 ἕτερος héteros het-er-os of uncertain affinity; (an-, the) other or different:--altered, else, next (day), one, (an-)other, some, strange.	ἑτέραςheteras	another	Adj-GFS
G3348μετέσχηκεν,meteschēken (V-RIA-3S) G3348 μετέχω metéchō met-ekh-o from μετά and ἔχω; to share or participate; by implication, belong to, eat (or drink):--be partaker, pertain, take part, use.	μετέσχηκεν,meteschēken	belonged to,	V-RIA-3S
G575ἀφ’aph’ (Prep) G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off	ἀφ’aph’	from	Prep
G3739ἧςhēs (RelPro-GFS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,	ἧςhēs	which	RelPro-GFS
G3762οὐδεὶςoudeis (Adj-NMS) G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,	οὐδεὶςoudeis	no one	Adj-NMS
G4337προσέσχηκενproseschēken (V-RIA-3S) G4337 προσέχω proséchō pros-ekh-o from πρός and ἔχω; (figuratively) to hold the mind (3563 implied) towards, i.e. pay attention to, be cautious about, apply oneself to, adhere to:--(give) attend(-ance, -ance at, -ance to, unto), beware, be given to, give (take) heed (to unto); have regard.	προσέσχηκενproseschēken	has served	V-RIA-3S
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	τῷtō	at the	Art-DNS
G2379θυσιαστηρίῳ·thysiastēriō (N-DNS) G2379 θυσιαστήριον thysiastḗrion thoo-see-as-tay-ree-on from a derivative of θυσία; a place of sacrifice, i.e. an altar (special or genitive case, literal or figurative):--altar.	θυσιαστηρίῳ·thysiastēriō	altar.	N-DNS

Strongs	Greek	English	Morphology
G4271πρόδηλονprodēlon (Adj-NNS) G4271 πρόδηλος pródēlos prod-ay-los from πρό and δῆλος; plain before all men, i.e. obvious:--evident, manifest (open) beforehand.	πρόδηλονprodēlon	It is evident	Adj-NNS
G1063γὰρgar (Conj) G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.	γὰρgar	for	Conj
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj) G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.	ὅτιhoti	that	Conj
G1537ἐξex (Prep) G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.	ἐξex	out of	Prep
G2448ἸούδαIouda (N-GMS) G2448 Ἰουδά Ioudá ee-oo-dah of Hebrew origin (יְהוּדָה or perhaps יֻטָּה); Judah (i.e. Jehudah or Juttah), a part of (or place in) Palestine:--Judah.	ἸούδαIouda	Judah	N-GMS
G393ἀνατέταλκενanatetalken (V-RIA-3S) G393 ἀνατέλλω anatéllō an-at-el-lo from ἀνά and the base of τέλος; to (cause to) arise:--(a-, make to) rise, at the rising of, spring (up), be up.	ἀνατέταλκενanatetalken	has sprung	V-RIA-3S
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS) G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,	ὁho	the	Art-NMS
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS) G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.	ΚύριοςKyrios	Lord	N-NMS
G1473ἡμῶν,hēmōn (PPro-G1P) G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,	ἡμῶν,hēmōn	of us,	PPro-G1P
G1519εἰςeis (Prep) G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).	εἰςeis	as to	Prep
G3739ἣνhēn (RelPro-AFS) G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,	ἣνhēn	which	RelPro-AFS
G5443φυλὴνphylēn (N-AFS) G5443 φυλή phylḗ foo-lay from φύω (compare φύλλον); an offshoot, i.e. race or clan:--kindred, tribe.	φυλὴνphylēn	a tribe,	N-AFS
G4012περὶperi (Prep) G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).	περὶperi	concerning	Prep
G2409ἱερέωνhiereōn (N-GMP) G2409 ἱερεύς hiereús hee-er-yooce from ἱερός; a priest (literally or figuratively):--(high) priest.	ἱερέωνhiereōn	priests,	N-GMP
G3762οὐδὲνouden (Adj-ANS) G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,	οὐδὲνouden	nothing	Adj-ANS
G3475ΜωϋσῆςMōusēs (N-NMS) G3475 Μωσεύς Mōseús mo-oo-sace of Hebrew origin; (מֹשֶׁה); Moseus, Moses, or Mouses (i.e. Mosheh), the Hebrew lawgiver:--Moses.	ΜωϋσῆςMōusēs	Moses	N-NMS
G2980ἐλάλησεν.elalēsen (V-AIA-3S) G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.	ἐλάλησεν.elalēsen	spoke.	V-AIA-3S